UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒
Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
-or-
☐
Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 000-55084
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
PENNSYLVANIA
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
46-2935427
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
1834 WEST OREGON AVENUE
19145
PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA
(Zip Code)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s telephone number: (including area code) (215) 755-1500
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Trading Symbol (s)
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock (par value $0.01 per share)
PBIP
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES NO
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES NO
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. YES NO
Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YES NO
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.:
Large Accelerated Filer
Accelerated Filer
Non-Accelerated Filer ☒
Smaller Reporting Company ☒
Emerging Growth Company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ☐ NO
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant based on the closing price of $14.76 on March 31, 2021, the last business day of
the Registrant’s second quarter was approximately $111.3 million (7,944,002 shares issued and outstanding at such date less approximately 402,200 shares held by affiliates
at $14.76 per share). Although directors and executive officers of the Registrant and certain employee benefit plans were assumed to be "affiliates" of the Registrant for purposes
of the calculation, the classification is not to be interpreted as an admission of such status.
As of the close of business on December 8, 2021 there were 7,769,387 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1.
Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.
2
Prudential Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
FORM 10-K INDEX
For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021
Page
PART I
Item 1.
Business
4
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
37
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
47
Item 2.
Properties
48
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
49
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
49
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
49
Item 6.
[Reserved]
50
Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
50
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
64
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
64
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
108
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
108
Item 9B.
Other Information
109
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
109
PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
110
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
110
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
110
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
111
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
111
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
112
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
114
Signatures
3
Forward-looking Statements.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K may be deemed to contain “forward-looking statements” within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements include, but are not limited to,
expectations or predictions of future financial or business performance, conditions relating to Prudential Bancorp,
Inc. (the “Company” or “Prudential Bancorp”). These forward-looking statements include statements with respect
to the Company’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions, that are
subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors (some of which are
beyond the Company’s control). The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “believe,” “anticipate,”
“estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
In addition to factors previously disclosed in the reports filed by Prudential Bancorp with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and those identified elsewhere in this Form 10-K, the following factors, among
others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:
the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company
conducts its operations; general economic conditions; the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic; the effects
of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on the Company’s credit quality and operations as well as its impact on
general economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes including actions taken by governmental authorities
in response to the COVID-19 pandemic; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; the potential effects
of climate change and related government policies on the Company’s business and results of operations; changes
in tax policies, rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities including the effects of the Tax Reform
Act; changes in interest rates, deposit flows, the cost of funds, demand for loan products and the demand for
financial services, in each case as may be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, competition, changes in the quality
or composition of the Company’s loan, investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios; geographic
concentration of the Company’s business; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; the
risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s financial statements will become impaired; changes
in accounting principles, policies or guidelines and other economic, competitive, governmental and technological
factors affecting the Company’s operations, markets, products, services and fees.
The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changed
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results that occur subsequent to the
date such forward-looking statements are made.
4
PART I
Item 1. Business
General
Prudential Bancorp is a Pennsylvania corporation that was incorporated in June 2013. It is the successor
corporation to Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania (“Old Prudential Bancorp”), the former stock holding company
for Prudential Bank (the “Bank” and formally known as “Prudential Savings Bank”), a Pennsylvania-chartered, FDIC-
insured savings bank, after the completion in October 2013 of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Prudential Mutual
Holding Company (the “MHC”), the former mutual holding company for the Bank.
The mutual-to-stock conversion was completed on October 9, 2013. In connection with the conversion, Prudential
Bancorp sold 7,141,602 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share in a public offering. In addition, 2,403,207 shares
were issued in exchange for the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Prudential Bancorp held by shareholders other
than the MHC. Each share of Old Prudential Bancorp’s common stock owned by the public was exchanged for 0.9442
shares of Prudential Bancorp common stock. Gross proceeds from the conversion and offering were approximately $71.4
million. Upon completion of the offering and the exchange, 9,544,809 shares of common stock of Prudential Bancorp
were issued and outstanding.
As of January 1, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of Polonia Bancorp, Inc. (“Polonia Bancorp”) and
Polonia Bank, Polonia’s wholly owned subsidiary. Polonia Bancorp and Polonia Bank were merged with and into the
Company and the Bank, respectively. As a result of Polonia shareholder stock and cash elections and the related proration
provisions of the merger agreement, Prudential Bancorp issued approximately 1,274,197 shares of its common stock and
approximately $18.9 million in the merger.
Prudential Bancorp’s business activity primarily consists of the ownership of the Bank’s common stock.
Prudential Bancorp does not own or lease any property. Instead, it uses the premises, equipment and other property of the
Bank. Accordingly, the information set forth in this annual report, including the consolidated financial statements and
related financial data, relates primarily to the Bank. As a bank holding company, Prudential Bancorp is subject to the
regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”).
The Company’s results of operations are primarily dependent on the results of the Bank. As of September 30,
2021, the Company, on a consolidated basis, had total assets of approximately $1.1 billion, total deposits of approximately
$711.5 million, and total stockholders’ equity of approximately $130.5 million.
The Bank is a community-oriented savings bank headquartered in South Philadelphia which was originally
organized in 1886 as a Pennsylvania-chartered building and loan association known as “The South Philadelphia Building
and Loan Association No. 2.” The Bank grew through a number of mergers with other institutions with the last merger
being with Polonia Bank completed in January 2017. The Bank converted to a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank in
August 2004. The banking office network currently consists of the headquarters and main office and nine additional full-
service branch offices. Seven of the banking offices are located in Philadelphia (Philadelphia County), one is in Drexel
Hill, Delaware County and one is in Huntingdon Valley, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. The Bank maintains ATMs
at all of the banking offices. The Bank also provides on-line and mobile banking services.
We are primarily engaged in attracting deposits from the general public and using those funds to invest in loans
and securities. The Company’s principal sources of funds are deposits, repayments of loans and mortgage-backed
securities, maturities and calls of investment securities and interest-bearing deposits, funds provided from operations and
funds borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Bank (”FHLB”) of Pittsburgh. These funds are primarily used for the
origination of various loan types including single-family residential mortgage loans, construction and land development
loans, non-residential or commercial real estate mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial business
loans and consumer loans. Traditionally, the Bank focused on originating long-term, single-family residential mortgage
loans for portfolio. However, in recent years the focus has shifted to emphasizing commercial real estate and construction
and land development lending. Construction and land development loans increased from $145.5 million or 22.3% of the
5
total loan portfolio at September 30, 2017 to $205.4 million or 29.0% of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2021.
The Company also increased its commercial real estate loans from $127.6 million or 19.6% of the total loan portfolio at
September 30, 2017 to $166.0 million or 23.5% of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2021 and our commercial
business loans increased from $488,000 or 0.1% of our total loan portfolio at September 30, 2017 to $57.2 million or 8.1%
of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2021. See “-Lending Activities” and “-Asset Quality”
The investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio decreased by $117.2 million to $326.0 million at
September 30, 2021 from $443.2 million at September 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily due to sales and paydowns
of investment and mortgage-backed securities. The Company recorded approximately $1.6 million in gains on sale of
investment and mortgage-backed securities during fiscal 2021. At September 30, 2021, the investment and mortgage-
backed securities available for sale had an aggregate net unrealized gain of $7.7 million compared with an aggregate net
unrealized gain of $13.4 million as of September 30, 2020.
At September 30, 2021, the Company’s non-performing assets totaled $12.5 million or 1.1% of total assets as
compared to $13.0 million or 1.2% of total assets at September 30, 2020. Non-performing assets at September 30, 2021
included three construction loans aggregating $4.1 million, 18 one-to-four family residential mortgage loans aggregating
$3.0 million, two commercial real estate loans aggregating $1.3 million and two construction loans aggregating $4.1
million that were foreclosed during the third quarter of fiscal 2021 and are held as other real estate owned. At September
30, 2021, the Company had two loans totaling $1.1 million that were classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”).
One TDR is on non-accrual and consists of a $391,000 loan secured by a single-family residential property which is
performing in accordance with the restructured terms. The remaining TDR is a $705,000 commercial real estate loan
classified as non-accrual and is part of a lending relationship totaling $6.0 million (after taking into account the previously
disclosed $1.9 million write-down recognized during the quarter ending March 31, 2017 related to this borrowing
relationship as well as the two construction loans noted above that became other real estate owned during the quarter ended
June 30, 2021). The primary project of the borrower (the development of a 169-unit townhouse project in Bristol Borough,
Pennsylvania) is the subject of litigation between the Bank and the borrower. As previously disclosed, subsequent to the
commencement of the litigation, the borrower filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 (Reorganization) of the federal
bankruptcy code in June 2017. The Bank moved the underlying litigation with the borrower noted above from state court
to the federal bankruptcy court in which the bankruptcy proceeding is being heard. The state litigation is stayed pending
the resolution of the bankruptcy proceedings. As of September 30, 2021, 35 units have been sold in the project resulting
in $875,000 applied against the outstanding debt owed the Bank. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had reviewed
$8.4 million of loans for possible impairment of which $8.4 million was classified substandard compared to $13.0 million
reviewed for possible impairment and $13.0 million of which was classified substandard as of September 30, 2020. As of
September 30, 2021, the allowance for loan losses totaled $8.5 million, or 1.4% of total loans and 101.6% of total non-
performing loans (which included loans acquired from Polonia Bank at their fair value) at September 30, 2021. See “-
Asset Quality”.
The main office is located at 1834 West Oregon Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and the Company’s
telephone number is (215) 755-1500.
The Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and makes available, free of charge,
through its website, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K,
Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports
are electronically filed with the SEC. These reports can be obtained on the Company’s website at
https://www.psbanker.com by following the link, “About Us,” followed by “Investor Relations.” The information
contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Market Area and Competition
Most of Prudential Bancorp’s business activities are conducted within a few hours’ drive from Philadelphia and
include eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware and southern New York.
We face substantial competition from other financial institutions in our service area, especially from many local
community banks, as well as many local credit unions. Competition among financial institutions is based upon a number
of factors, including the quality of services rendered, interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on
6
loans and other credit services, service charges, the convenience of banking facilities, locations and hours of operation
and, in the case of loans to larger commercial borrowers, applicable lending limits. Many of the financial institutions with
which we compete have greater financial resources than we do, and offer a wider range of deposit and lending products.
We believe that an attractive niche exists serving small to medium-sized business customers not adequately served
by our larger competitors, and we will seek opportunities to build commercial relationships to complement our retail
strategy. We believe small to medium-sized businesses will continue to respond in a positive manner to the attentive and
highly personalized service we provide.
Lending Activities
General. At September 30, 2021, the net loan portfolio totaled $618.2 million or 56.2% of total assets. The
Company has changed its lending philosophy and increased its investment in loans for construction and land development,
commercial real estate and commercial business loans which comprised in the aggregate 60.6% of the loan portfolio at
September 30, 2021. Management believes it has the expertise to underwrite these types of loans which management
believes will enhance the Company’s earnings while reducing interest rate risk due to the generally shorter contractual
maturity of such loans. At September 30, 2021, the Company still held $202.3 million of residential real estate loans
collateralized by one-to-four family, also known as “single-family”, residential properties located primarily in the
Company’s market area.
The types of loans that we may originate are subject to federal and state banking laws and regulations. Interest
rates charged by us on loans are affected principally by the demand for such loans and the supply of money available for
lending purposes and the rates offered by competitors. These factors are, in turn, affected by general and economic
conditions, the monetary policy of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative tax policies
and governmental budgetary matters.
Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table shows the composition of the loan portfolio by type of loan
at the dates indicated.
September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
(Dollars in Thousands)
Real estate loans:
One-to-four family
residential (1)
$ 202,330
28.59 % $ 233,872
34.13 % $ 268,780
37.95 % $ 324,865
48.82 % $ 351,298
53.83 %
Multi-family residential
76,122
10.76 %
31,100
4.54 %
30,582
4.32 %
34,355
5.16 %
21,508
3.30 %
Commercial real estate
165,992
23.46 % 139,943
20.42 % 128,521
18.15 % 119,511
17.96 % 127,644
19.56 %
Construction and land
development
205,413
29.03 % 260,648
38.04 % 253,368
35.77 % 160,228
24.08 % 145,486
22.29 %
Total real estate loans
649,857
91.84 % 665,563
97.13 % 681,251
96.19 % 638,959
96.03 % 645,936
98.98 %
Loans to financial
institutions
—
— %
6,000
0.88 %
6,000
0.85
6,000
0.90
—
—
Commercial business
57,236
8.09 %
12,916
1.88 %
19,630
2.77 %
17,792
2.67 %
488
0.07 %
Leases
—
— %
176
0.02 %
518
0.07 %
1,687
0.25 %
4,240
0.65 %
Consumer
530
0.07 %
604
0.09 %
834
0.12 %
953
0.14 %
1,943
0.30 %
Total loans
707,623
100.00 % 685,259
100.00 % 708,233
100.00 % 665,391
100.00 % 652,607
100.00 %
Less:
Undisbursed portion of
loans in process
80,620
86,862
114,528
54,474
73,858
Deferred loan costs
280
1,794
2,856
2,818
2,940
Allowance for loan
losses
8,517
8,303
5,393
5,167
4,466
Net loans
$ 618,206
$ 588,300
$ 585,456
$ 602,932
$ 571,343
(1) Includes home equity loans totaling $2.1 million, $3.3 million, $4.1 million, $4.9 million and $6.5 million as of
September 30, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Also includes lines of credit totaling $6.9 million, $7.8
million, $8.5 million, $10.2 million and $14.1 million as of September 30, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.
7
Contractual Terms to Final Maturities. The following table shows the scheduled contractual maturities of loans
as of September 30, 2021, before giving effect to net items. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments
and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less. The amounts shown below do not take into
account loan prepayments.
One-to-Four
Construction
Family
Multi-family
Commercial
and Land
Commercial
Residential Residential Real Estate Development Business
Consumer
Total
(In Thousands)
Amounts due after September 30, 2021 in:
One year or less
$
7,863
$
21,065
$
19,486
$
174,691
$
19,271
$
8
$ 242,384
After one year through two years
4,761
6,378
5,499
14,914
2,243
8
33,803
After two years through three years
7,999
117
10,425
5,966
6,337
3
30,847
After three years through five years
21,699
14,886
57,387
9,842
24,894
211
128,919
After five years through ten years
41,573
20,424
71,497
—
4,491
65
138,050
After ten years through fifteen years
16,024
11,556
939
—
—
235
28,754
After fifteen years
102,411
1,696
759
—
—
—
104,866
Total
$
202,330
$
76,122
$
165,992
$
205,413
$
57,236
$
530
$ 707,623
The following table shows the dollar amount of all loans due after one year from September 30, 2021, as shown
in the table above, which have fixed interest rates or which have floating or adjustable interest rates.
Floating or
Fixed-Rate Adjustable-Rate
Total
(In Thousands)
One-to-four family residential (1)
$ 162,894
$
31,573
$ 194,467
Multi-family residential
34,044
21,013
55,057
Commercial real estate
110,153
36,353
146,506
Construction and land development
—
30,722
30,722
Commercial business
37,021
944
37,965
Consumer
522
—
522
Total
$ 344,634
$
120,605
$ 465,239
(1) Includes home equity loans and lines of credit.
The Bank originates construction and development loans and commercial real estate loans with fixed rates and
shorter contractual maturities (than is generally the case for residential mortgage loans). To a lesser extent, single-family
residential mortgage loans are originated for sale on the secondary market in order to mitigate interest rate risk and to
increase non-interest income.
Loan Originations. The Bank’s lending activities are subject to underwriting standards and loan origination
procedures established by our Board of Directors and management. Loan originations are obtained through a variety of
sources, including existing customers as well as new customers obtained from referrals and local advertising and
promotional efforts. Consumer loan applications are taken at any of our offices while loan applications for all other types
of loans, including home equity and home equity lines of credit, are taken only at our main office. All loan applications
are processed and underwritten centrally at our executive office in Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania.
Single-family residential mortgage loans are generally written on standardized documents used by the Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC” or “Freddie Mac”) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”
or “Fannie Mae”). Property valuations of loans secured by real estate are undertaken by independent third-party appraisers
approved by the board of directors and are reviewed internally before acceptance. At both September 30, 2021 and
September 30, 2020, the Company had no residential real estate loans in portfolio that would be considered subprime
loans, which we define as mortgage loans advanced to borrowers who do not qualify for loans bearing market interest rates
because of problems with their credit history. The Bank does not originate and has not in the past originated subprime
loans.
8
We also purchase participation interests in larger balance loans, typically commercial real estate and construction
and land development loans, from other financial institutions in our market area. Such participations are reviewed for
compliance, are underwritten independently in accordance with our underwriting criteria and are approved before they are
purchased by the Management Loan Committee and one of the following: the President’s Committee, the Executive
Committee or the full Board, depending upon the dollar amount of the participation interest being purchased. Generally,
loan purchases have been without any recourse to the seller, but on occasion we have obtained such provisions. However,
we actively monitor the performance of such loans through the receipt of regular updates, including inspection reports,
from the lead lender regarding the loan’s performance, discussing the loan with the lead lender on a regular basis and
receiving copies of updated financial statements of the borrower from the lead lender. These loans are subjected to regular
internal reviews in accordance with our loan policy.
The Bank typically holds a 100% interest in construction and land development loans. The Bank has in the past
and currently reserves the option to sell participation interests. We generally have sold participation interests in loans only
when a loan would exceed the Bank’s internal and/or legal loans to one borrower limits. With respect to the sale of
participation interests in loans, we have typically received commitments to purchase the participation interests offered
prior to the time the loan is closed. See “-Lending Activities - Construction and Land Development Lending.”
As part of the Bank’s loan policy, we are permitted, to make loans to one borrower and related entities in an
aggregate amount of up to 15% of the capital accounts of the Bank which consist of the aggregate of its capital, surplus,
undivided profits, capital securities and allowance for loan losses. At September 30, 2021, the Bank’s internal “guidance”
limit is $15.0 million to one borrower or borrowing relationship as a threshold. The Bank is permitted to exceed such limit
in certain situations subject to the (i) approval of the Board of Directors and (ii) subject to the overall legal/regulatory
lending limit which was calculated to be $19.9 million at September 30, 2021. At September 30, 2021, our three largest
loans to one borrower and related entities amounted to $16.0 million, $16.0 million and $14.9 million. The largest
relationship is with a real estate developer located in northern New Jersey and consists of a multi-family residential housing
construction project, two commercial real estate loans and a personal line of credit. The second largest relationship consists
of a participation interest in a $16.0 million commercial line of credit secured by commercial real estate in central and
northern New Jersey. The third largest relationship consists of a participation interest in a construction loan to construct a
30 story, 102 unit mixed-use luxury apartment building in Manhattan, New York. The three relationships are all performing
in accordance with contractual terms. For more information regarding these loans, see “-Lending Activities - Construction
and Land Development Lending.”
The following table shows our total loans originated, purchased, sold and repaid during the periods indicated.
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(In Thousands)
Loan originations (1)
One-to-four family residential
$
60,348
$
45,276
$
16,376
Multi-family residential
21,490
9,256
5,481
Commercial real estate
56,270
11,400
2,347
Construction and land development
96,919
77,224
72,714
Commercial business
51,669
7,199
4,000
Consumer
24
108
56
Total loan originations
286,720
150,463
100,974
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
4,109
183
—
Loan principal repayments and sales
253,192
144,944
119,016
Total loans sold, principal repayments and transferred to OREO
257,301
145,127
119,016
Increase (decrease) due to other items, net (2)
487
(2,492)
566
Net increase (decrease) in loan portfolio
$
29,906
$
2,844
$ (17,476)
(1) Includes loan participations with other lenders.
(2) Other items consist of the undisbursed portion of loans in process, deferred fees and the allowance for loan losses.
9
One-to-Four Family Residential Mortgage Lending. One of the Bank’s primary lending activities continues
to be the origination or purchase of loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residential properties located
in the Company’s market area. Our single-family residential mortgage loans are obtained through the lending department
and branch personnel. The balance of such loans has decreased from $351.3 million or 53.8% of total loans at September
30, 2017 to $202.3 million, or 28.6% of total loans at September 30, 2021. The percentage of total loans as well as the
total amount that such loans have represented of the loan portfolio has decreased as our focus has shifted to the origination
of commercial real estate loans, construction and land development loans and commercial business loans.
Single-family residential mortgage loans generally are underwritten on terms and documentation conforming to
guidelines issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. We currently offer adjustable-rate mortgage and balloon loans, which
are structured as shorter term fixed-rate loans (generally 10 years or less) followed by a final payment of the full amount
of the principal due at the maturity date. Due to the interest rate environment, originations of such loans have been limited
in recent years. At September 30, 2021, $32.9 million, or 16.3%, of our one-to-four family residential loan portfolio
consisted of adjustable-rate loans, including hybrid loans. We also originate fixed-rate, fully amortizing mortgage loans
with maturities of 15, 20 or 30 years, for resale in the secondary market on a servicing release basis.
While continuing to operate in the historically low current interest rate environment and to assist in the
implementation of our asset/liability management policy, we have placed an emphasis on the origination of single-family
mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary markets.
We underwrite one-to-four family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95%, provided
that the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance on loans that exceed 80% of the appraised value or sales price,
whichever is less, of the secured property. We also require that title insurance, hazard insurance and, if appropriate, flood
insurance be maintained on all properties securing real estate loans. A licensed appraiser appraises all properties securing
one-to-four family first mortgage loans. Our mortgage loans generally include due-on-sale clauses which provide us with
the contractual right to deem the loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower transfers ownership of the
property.
Our single-family residential mortgage loans also include home equity loans and lines of credit, which amounted
to $2.1 million and $6.9 million, respectively, at September 30, 2021. The unused portion of home equity lines was $6.6
million at such date. Our home equity loans are fully amortizing and have terms to maturity of up to 20 years. While home
equity loans also are secured by the borrower’s residence, we generally obtain a second mortgage position on these loans.
Our lending policy requires that our home equity loans have loan-to-value ratios, when combined with any first mortgage,
of a maximum 80% or less at time of origination, although the preponderance of our home equity loans have combined
loan-to-value ratios of 75% or less at time of origination. We also offer home equity revolving lines of credit with interest
tied to the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus a stipulated margin. Generally, we have a second mortgage on the borrower’s
residence as collateral on our home equity lines. In addition, our home equity lines generally have loan-to-value ratios
(combined with any loan secured by a first mortgage) of 75% or less at time of origination. Our customers may apply for
home equity lines as well as home equity loans at any banking office.
Construction and Land Development Lending. We have maintained our emphasis on construction and land
development loan originations because construction loans have shorter terms to maturity, provide an attractive yield and
generally have either higher fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates. At September 30, 2021, our construction and
loan development loans amounted to $205.4 million, or 29.0% of our total loan portfolio. This amount includes $80.6
million of undisbursed loans in process. The average size of our construction and land development loans, excluding loans
to our largest lending relationship, was approximately $2.2 million at September 30, 2021. Our construction loan portfolio
has increased substantially since September 30, 2017 when construction loans amounted to $145.5 million or 22.3% of
our total loan portfolio.
Other than our loan participations, loans to finance the construction of condominium projects or single-family
homes and subdivisions are generally offered to experienced builders in our primary market area with whom we have an
established relationship. Residential construction and development loans are offered with terms of up to 36 months
although typically the terms are 12 to 24 months. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to these loans is 75% of
the appraised post construction value and the policy does not require amortization of the principal during the term of the
loan. We often establish interest reserves and obtain personal and corporate guarantees as additional security on the
10
construction loans. Interest reserves are used to pay the monthly interest payments during the development phase of the
loan and are treated as an addition to the loan balance. Interest reserves pose an additional risk to the Company if it does
not become aware of deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition before the interest reserve is fully utilized. In order
to help monitor the risk, financial statements and tax returns are obtained from borrowers on an annual basis. Additionally,
construction loans are reviewed at least annually pursuant to a third-party loan review. Construction loan proceeds are
disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspection by approved appraisers or loan inspector
warrants. Construction loans are negotiated on an individual basis but typically have floating rates of interest based upon
the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus a stipulated margin. Additional fees may be charged as funds are disbursed. In
addition to interest payments during the term of the construction loan, we typically require that payments to reduce the
principal outstanding be made as units are completed and released. Generally, such principal payments must be equal to
110% of the amount attributable to the acquisition and development of the lot plus 100% of the amount attributable to
construction of the individual home. We typically permit a pre-determined limited number of model homes to be
constructed on an unsold or “speculative” basis. All other units must be pre-sold before we will disburse funds for
construction. Construction loans also include loans to acquire land and loans to develop the basic infrastructure, such as
roads and sewers. The majority of the construction loans are secured by properties located in our primary lending area.
Set forth below is a brief description of the five largest construction loans or loan relationships.
The largest construction loan is in the amount of $10.0 million of which $9.8 million had been disbursed as of
September 30, 2021. This loan was originated in March 2017 and is a participation interest in a $26.1 million loan
purchased from another financial institution. The proceeds were used to construct 66 residential units and 9,000 square
feet of retail space in Jersey City, New Jersey. The project was approximately 100.0% complete as of September 30, 2021.
The loan is performing in accordance with its contractual terms.
The second largest construction loan is in the amount of $9.5 million of which $9.5 million had been disbursed
as of September 30, 2021. This loan was originated in February 2019 and is a participation interest in a $33.0 million loan
purchased from another financial institution. The proceeds were used to construct 201 apartments in East Orange, New
Jersey. The project was approximately 100.0% complete as of September 30, 2021. The loan is performing in accordance
with its contractual terms.
The third largest construction loan is in the amount of $9.1 million of which $9.0 million had been disbursed as
of September 30, 2021. This loan was originated in November 2018. The proceeds were used to construct 208 apartments
in East Rutherford, New Jersey. The project was approximately 100.0% complete as of September 30, 2021. The loan is
performing in accordance with its contractual terms.
The fourth largest construction loan is also in the amount of $10.0 million of which $9.0 million had been
disbursed as of September 30, 2021. The loan was originated in March 2017 and is a participation interest in a $18.8
million loan purchased from another financial institution. The proceeds were used to construct 89 apartment units and
seven retail space in Newark, New Jersey. The project was approximately 100.0% complete as of September 30, 2021.
The loan is performing in accordance with its contractual terms.
The fifth largest construction loan is in the amount of $8.3 million of which $8.3 million had been disbursed as
of September 30, 2021. This loan was originated in June 2018 The proceeds were used to construct a 41 unit residential
apartment complex in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The project was approximately 93.0% complete as of September 30,
2021. The loan is performing in accordance with its contractual terms.
Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than long-term financing
on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the
initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction compared to the estimated costs, including interest,
of construction and other assumptions. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as
the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it is relatively
difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the completed project loan-to-value ratio.
Additionally, if the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted with a project, when completed,
11
having a value less than the loan amount. Furthermore, because construction loans require active monitoring of the building
process, including cost comparisons and on-site inspections, these loans are more difficult and costly to monitor.
Multi-Family Residential and Commercial Real Estate Loans. At September 30, 2021, multi-family
residential and commercial real estate loans amounted in the aggregate to $242.1 million or 34.2% of the total loan
portfolio.
The commercial real estate and multi-family residential real estate loan portfolio consists primarily of loans
secured by small office buildings, strip shopping centers, small apartment buildings and other properties used for
commercial and multi-family residential purposes located in the Company’s market area. At September 30, 2021, the
average commercial and multi-family real estate loan size was approximately $1.2 million. At September 30, 2021, the
largest relationship consists of a participation interest in a $14.9 million variable rate loan secured by a 102 unit mixed-
use luxury apartment building in Manhattan, New York. The second largest multi-family residential or commercial real
estate loan at September 30, 2021 was a $11.5 million fixed-rate loan secured by a 316 unit apartment complex located in
East Rutherford, New Jersey with retail space on the first floor. Substantially all of the properties securing the multi-family
residential and commercial real estate loans are located in the Company’s primary lending area.
Although terms for commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans vary, our underwriting standards
generally allow for terms up to 15 years with loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75%. Most of the loans are structured
with balloon payments of 10 years or less and amortization periods of up to 25 years. Interest rates are either fixed or
adjustable, based upon designated market indices such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus a stipulated margin or,
with respect to our multi-family residential loans, the Average Contract Interest Rate for previously occupied houses as
reported by the Federal Housing Finance Board. In addition, fees are charged to the borrower at the origination of the loan.
Commercial real estate and multi-family residential real estate lending involves different risks than single-family
residential lending. These risks include larger loans to individual borrowers and loan payments that are dependent upon
the successful operation of the project or the borrower’s business. These risks can be affected by supply and demand
conditions in the project’s market area for rental housing units, office and retail space and other commercial space. We
attempt to minimize these risks by limiting loans to proven businesses, only considering properties with existing operating
performance which can be analyzed, using conservative debt coverage ratios in our underwriting, and periodically
monitoring the operation of the business or project and the physical condition of the property.
Various aspects of commercial and multi-family loan transactions are evaluated in an effort to mitigate the
additional risk in these types of loans. In our underwriting procedures, consideration is given to the stability of the
property’s cash flow history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy levels, location and physical
condition. Generally, we impose a debt service ratio (the ratio of net cash flows from operations before the payment of
debt service to debt service) of not less than 120%. We also evaluate the credit and financial condition of the borrower,
and if applicable, the guarantor. With respect to loan participation interests we purchase, we underwrite the loans as if we
were the originating lender. Appraisal reports prepared by independent appraisers are reviewed by us prior to the closing
of the loan.
In recent years, the Company has shifted its emphasis to originate for portfolio more multi-family residential and
commercial real estate loans, due to their higher yields and shorter duration.
Commercial Business Loans. At September 30, 2021, commercial business loans amounted to $57.2 million, or
8.1% of our loan portfolio.
Commercial business loans are made to small to mid-sized businesses in our market area primarily to provide
working capital. Small business loans may have adjustable or fixed rates of interest and generally have terms of three years
or less but may be as long as 15 years. Our commercial business loans have historically been underwritten based on the
creditworthiness of the borrower and generally require a debt service coverage ratio of at least 120%. In addition, we
generally obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrower with respect to commercial business loans and
frequently obtain real estate as additional collateral.
12
Commercial business lending generally involves greater risk than residential mortgage lending and involves risks
that are different from those associated with single-family residential, multi-family residential, and commercial real estate
lending. Real estate lending is generally considered to be collateral-based lending with loan amounts based on
predetermined loan to collateral values, and liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral is viewed as the primary
source of repayment in the event of borrower default. Although commercial business loans are often collateralized by
equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, and/or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of a
borrower default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and
inventories and equipment may be obsolete or of limited use, among other things. Accordingly, the repayment of a
commercial business loan depends primarily on the creditworthiness of the borrower (and any guarantors), while
liquidation of collateral is a secondary and often insufficient source of repayment.
Consumer Lending Activities. We offer various types of consumer loans such as loans secured by deposit
accounts and unsecured personal loans. Consumer loans are originated primarily through existing and walk-in customers
and direct advertising. At September 30, 2021, $530,000, or 0.1% of the total loan portfolio consisted of consumer loans.
Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter terms than residential loans. However, consumer
loans have additional credit risk due to the type of collateral securing the loan or in some cases the absence of collateral.
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our Board of Directors establishes the Bank’s lending policies and
procedures. Our various lending policies are reviewed at least annually by our management team and the Board in order
to consider modifications as a result of market conditions, regulatory changes and other factors.
The Company maintains separate loan approval committees with tiered levels of approval authority. The
Management Loan Committee, comprised of the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), the Chief Lending Officer (“CLO”),
the Chief Credit Officer (“CCO”), the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), the Compliance Risk Officer (“CRO”) and the
Controller has lending approval authority of up to $3.0 million. The next tier in the approval process, with an approval
range of $3.0 million to $10.0 million, is the President’s Loan committee, comprised of the Chief Executive Officer
(“CEO”) and the COO. All loans in excess of $10.0 million must be presented to the full Board of Directors for approval.
All loans submitted to the top two tiers of approval must be recommended for approval by the Management Loan
Committee. Single-family residential loans originated for sale into the secondary market are processed through
underwriting software and are reviewed for approval by two senior officers in the credit department.
Asset Quality
General. One of our key objectives has been, and continues to be, maintaining a high level of asset quality. In
addition to maintaining credit standards for new originations which we believe are prudent, we are proactive in our loan
monitoring, collection and workout processes in dealing with delinquent or problem loans. We have also retained an
independent, third party to undertake reviews of the credit quality of a random sample of new loans as well as all of our
major loans on at least an annual basis.
Reports listing all delinquent accounts are generated and reviewed by management on a monthly basis. These
reports include information regarding all loans 30 days or more delinquent as to principal and/or interest and all real estate
owned properties and are provided to the Board of Directors. The procedures we take with respect to delinquencies vary
depending on the nature of the loan, period and cause of delinquency and whether the borrower is habitually delinquent.
When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, we take a number of steps to have the borrower cure the
delinquency and restore the loan to current status. We generally send the borrower a written notice of non-payment after
the loan is first past due. Our guidelines provide that telephone, written correspondence and/or face-to-face contact will
be attempted to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects of repayment. When contact is made with the
borrower at any time prior to foreclosure, we will attempt to obtain full payment, work out a repayment schedule with the
borrower to avoid foreclosure or, in some instances, accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure. In the event payment is not then
received or the loan is not otherwise satisfied, additional letters and telephone calls generally are made. If the loan is still
not brought current or satisfied and it becomes necessary for us to take legal action, which typically occurs after a loan is
90 days or more delinquent, we will commence foreclosure proceedings against any real property that secures the loan. If
a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before foreclosure sale, the
13
property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure and, if purchased by us, becomes real estate owned. Since there
has not been a significant increase in recent years in the one-to-four family residential loans that are 90 days past due, the
Company was not adversely impacted by any recent government programs related to the foreclosure process.
On loans where the collection of principal or interest payments is doubtful, the accrual of interest income ceases
(“non-accrual” loans). On loans 90 days or more past due as to principal and/or interest payments, our policy is to
discontinue accruing additional interest and reverse any interest previously accrued. On occasion, this action may be taken
earlier if the financial condition of the borrower raises significant concern with regard to his/her ability to service the debt
in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Interest income is not accrued on these loans until the borrower’s
financial condition and payment record demonstrate an ability to service the debt.
Property acquired by the Bank through foreclosure is initially recorded at the lower of cost, which is the carrying
value of the loan, or fair value at the date of acquisition, which is fair value of the related assets at the date of foreclosure,
less estimated costs to sell. Thereafter, if there is a further deterioration in value, we charge earnings for the diminution in
value. The Bank’s policy is to obtain an appraisal on real estate subject to foreclosure proceedings prior to the time of
foreclosure if the property is located outside the Company’s market area or consists of other than single-family residential
property. We obtain re-appraisals on a periodic basis, generally on at least an annual basis, on foreclosed properties. We
also conduct inspections on foreclosed properties.
We account for our impaired loans in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An impaired
loan generally is one for which it is more likely than not, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all
the amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan. Large groups of smaller balance, homogeneous loans are
collectively evaluated for impairment. Loans collectively evaluated for impairment include smaller balance commercial
real estate loans, residential real estate loans and consumer loans. These loans are evaluated as a group because they have
similar characteristics and performance experience. Larger commercial real estate, construction and land development and
commercial business loans are individually evaluated for impairment on at least a quarterly basis by management. All
loans classified as substandard as part of the loan review process or due to delinquency status are evaluated for potential
impairment. There were $8.4 million of loans evaluated for impairment as of September 30, 2021 (of which $6.0 million
is related to one relationship), consisting of $4.1 million of construction and land development loans, $3.0 million of one-
to-four family residential loans and $1.3 million of commercial real estate loans, all of which were classified as
substandard. Although no specific allocations were applied to these loans, there were charge-offs totaling $40,000 incured
during fiscal 2021. As of September 30, 2021, there were eighteen loans totaling $8.1 million designated as special mention
loans consisting of four non-residential real estate loans aggregating $6.7 million and thirteen single-family residential
loans aggregating $1.4 million. As of September 30, 2020, there were twenty-one loans totaling $11.4 million designated
as special mention loans, consisting of eight non-residential real estate loans aggregating $10.0 million and thirteen single-
family residential loans aggregating $1.4 million.
Federal regulations and our policies require that we utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of
reporting problem and potential problem assets. We have incorporated an internal asset classification system, consistent
with Federal banking regulations, as a part of our credit monitoring system. We currently classify problem and potential
problem assets as “special mention”, “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it
is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.
“Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some
loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those
classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,”
on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as
“loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the
establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to
sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are required to be
designated “special mention.”
When an insured institution classifies one or more assets, or portions thereof, as “substandard” or “doubtful,” it
is required that a general valuation allowance for loan losses be established for loan losses in accordance with established
methodology. General valuation allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the
inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allocations, have not been allocated to
14
particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies one or more assets, or portions thereof, as “loss,” it is
required to charge off such amount.
Our allowance for loan losses includes a portion which is allocated by type of loan, based primarily upon our
periodic reviews of the risk elements within the various categories of loans. The specific components relate to certain
impaired loans. The general components cover non-classified loans and are based on historical loss experience adjusted
for qualitative factors in response to changes in risk and market conditions. Our management believes that, based on
information currently available, the allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level which covers all known and inherent
losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at each reporting date. However, actual losses are dependent upon
future events and, as such, further additions to the level of the allowance for loan losses may become necessary.
We review and classify assets on no less frequently than a quarterly basis and the Board of Directors is provided
with reports on our classified and criticized assets. We classify assets in accordance with the management guidelines
described above. At September 30, 2021 and 2020, we had no assets classified as “doubtful” or “loss” and $8.4 million
and $13.0 million, respectively, of assets classified as “substandard.” In addition, there were $8.1 million and $11.4 million
of loans designated as “special mention” as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
In response to the current situation surrounding the continuing COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has provided
and continues to provide assistance to its customers in a variety of ways. The Company participated in the Paycheck
Protection Program offered under the CARES Act as a Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lender. During the fiscal
year 2020, we had originated 63 requests for Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans totaling approximately $5.1
million. These loans were sold during the quarter ended September 30, 2020 at a net gain of $111,000. During fiscal 2021,
we acted as a broker for a third party for our borrowers to utilize the the second PPP loan program. We are working closely
with our loan customers to effectively manage our portfolio through the ongoing uncertainty surrounding the duration,
impact and government response to the crisis.
The CARES Act provided guidance around the modification of loans as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic,
which outlined, among other criteria, that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis to borrowers who were
current as defined under the CARES Act prior to any relief, are not TDRs. This includes short-term modifications such as
payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers
are considered current under the CARES Act and related regulatory guidance if they are less than 30 days past due on their
contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the
Company made COVID-19 pandemic related modifications on 160 loans aggregating to $149.7 million. All of these
borrowers had resumed making payments as of September 30, 2020. Loan modifications in accordance with the CARES
Act and related regulatory guidance are still subject to an evaluation in regard to determining whether or not a loan is
deemed to be impaired.
Delinquent Loans. The following table shows the delinquencies in the loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.
September 30, 2021
September 30, 2020
30-89
90 or More Days
30-89
90 or More Days
Days Overdue
Overdue
Days Overdue
Overdue
Number
Principal
Number
Principal
Number
Principal
Number
Principal
of Loans
Balance of Loans
Balance of Loans
Balance of Loans
Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
6
$
487
11
$ 2,044
8
$
523
20
$ 2,153
Multi-family residential
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Commercial real estate
—
—
2
1,280
2
2,301
4
1,417
Construction and land development
—
—
3
4,093
—
—
5
8,525
Commercial business
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Consumer
1
37
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total delinquent loans
7
$
524
16
$ 7,417
10
$ 2,824
29
$ 12,095
Delinquent loans to total net loans
0.07 %
1.36 %
0.48 %
2.06 %
Delinquent loans to total loans
0.06 %
1.18 %
0.41 %
1.77 %
15
Non-Performing Loans and Real Estate Owned. The following table sets forth information regarding non-
performing loans and real estate owned. The Company’s general policy is to cease accruing interest on loans which are 90
days or more past due and to reverse all accrued interest. At September 30, 2021, all of the loans listed as 90 or more days
past due in the table above were in non-accrual status. At September 30, 2021, the Company had two loans aggregating
$1.1 million that were classified as TDRs. As of September 30, 2021, one of such loans in the amount of $705,000 was
classified as non-performing and is related to one $6.0 million non-performing lending relationship. The remaining TDR
is also on non-accrual and consists of a $391,000 loan secured by a single-family property.
The following table shows the amounts of non-performing assets (defined as non-accruing loans, accruing loans
90 days or more past due as to principal or interest and real estate owned) at the dates indicated. There were no loans more
than 90 days delinquent as to principal and/or interest and continuing to accrue interest at any of the dates presented in this
table.
September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
(Dollars in Thousands)
Non-accruing loans:
One-to-four family residential
$ 3,006 (1)$ 3,095 (1)$ 3,712 (1)$ 3,012 (1)$ 5,107 (1)
Commercial real estate
1,280 (1)
1,417 (1)
1,473 (1)
1,627 (1)
1,566 (1)
Construction and land development
4,093 (1)
8,525 (1)
8,750 (1)
8,750 (1)
8,724 (1)
Total non-accruing loans
8,379
13,037
13,935
13,389
15,397
Other real estate owned, net (2)
4,109
—
348
1,026
192
Total non-performing assets
$ 12,488
$ 13,037
$ 14,283
$ 14,415
$ 15,589
Total non-performing loans as a percentage of loans
1.36 %
2.22 %
2.38 %
2.22 %
2.69 %
Total non-performing loans as a percentage of total
assets
0.76 %
1.07 %
1.08 %
1.24 %
1.71 %
Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total
assets
1.13 %
1.07 %
1.11 %
1.33 %
1.73 %
(1) Includes at: (i) September 30, 2021, $1.1 million of TDRs that were classified non-performing consisting of one one-
to-four family loan in the amount of $391,000 and one commercial real estate loan in the amount of $705,000; (ii)
September 30, 2020, $5.0 million of TDRs that were classified non-performing consisting of two construction and
land development loans in the amount of $3.8 million, one one-to-four family loan in the amount of $415,000 and one
commercial real estate loans in the amount of $705,000; (iii) September 30, 2019, $5.4 million of TDRs that were
classified non-performing consisting of two construction and land development loans in the amount of $4.2 million,
one one-to-four family loans aggregating $432,000 and one commercial real estate loan in the amount of $705,000;
(iv) September 30, 2018, $5.5 million of TDRs that were classified non-performing consisting of two construction
and land development loans in the amount of $4.2 million, two one-to-four family loans aggregating $606,000 and
one commercial real estate loan in the amount of $712,000; and (v) September 30, 2017, $5.7 million of TDRs that
were classified non-performing consisting of a $3.6 million construction and land development loan, a $1.4 million
one-to-four family loan and five commercial real estate loans aggregating $1.6 million.
(2) Real estate owned balances are shown net of related loss allowances and consist solely of real property.
16
Interest income on non-accrual loans is recognized on the cash basis until either the loan is paid-in full or the
Bank determines after a significant payment history has been achieved to warrant the involved loan being classified as a
performing loan and being returned to accruing status. There was $18,000 of such interest recognized during fiscal 2021
while there was $13,000, $123,000, $85,000 and $161,000 of such interest recognized for non-accrual loans for fiscal
2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. Approximately $513,000 in additional interest income would
have been recognized during the year ended September 30, 2021 if non-accrual loans had been performing during fiscal
2021.
At September 30, 2021, the Company’s non-performing assets totaled $12.5 million or 1.1% of total assets as
compared to $13.0 million or 1.2% of total assets at September 30, 2020. Non-performing assets at September 30, 2021
included three construction loans aggregating $4.1 million, 18 single-family residential loans aggregating $3.0 million,
and two commercial real estate loans aggregating $1.3 million. At September 30, 2021, the Company had two loans
aggregating $1.1 million that were classified as TDRs, both of which are included in non-performing assets. One TDR is
on non-accrual and consists of a $390,000 loan secured by a single-family property. The other TDR in the amount of
$705,000 is also classified as non-accrual and is part of a non-performing lending relationship totaling $6.0 million (after
taking into account the $1.9 million write-down recognized during fiscal 2018 related to this borrowing relationship and
two other loans which became other real estate owned during the quarter ended June 30, 2021). The primary project of the
borrower (the development of a 169-unit townhouse project in Bristol Borough, Pennsylvania) is the subject of litigation
between the Bank and the borrower. Subsequent to the commencement of the litigation, the borrower filed for bankruptcy
under Chapter 11 (Reorganization) of the federal bankruptcy code in September 2018. The Bank has moved the underlying
litigation noted above with the borrower and the Bank from state court to the federal bankruptcy court in which the
bankruptcy proceeding is being heard. The state litigation is stayed pending the resolution of the bankruptcy proceedings.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses
charged to expense. We maintain the allowance at a level believed, to the best of management’s knowledge, to cover all
known and inherent losses in the portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at each reporting date.
Management reviews the allowance for loan losses on no less than a quarterly basis in order to identify those inherent
losses and to assess the overall collection probability for the loan portfolio. For each primary type of loan, we establish a
loss factor reflecting an estimate of the known and inherent losses in such loan type using both a quantitative analysis as
well as consideration of qualitative factors. Management’s evaluation process includes, among other things, an analysis of
delinquency trends, non-performing loan trends, the level of charge-offs and recoveries, prior loss experience, total loans
outstanding, the volume of loan originations, the type, size and geographic concentration of our loans, the value of
collateral securing the loan, the borrower’s ability to repay and repayment performance, the number of loans requiring
heightened management oversight, local economic conditions and industry experience.
The carrying value of loans is periodically evaluated and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. The establishment
of the allowance for loan losses is significantly affected by management judgment and uncertainties and there is a
likelihood that different amounts would be reported under different conditions or assumptions. Various regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies
may require us to make additional provisions for estimated loan losses based upon judgments that differ from those of
management. Loans acquired from Polonia Bancorp amounted to $160.8 million for which there is no allowance for loan
losses because these loans were recorded at fair value upon completion of the merger as of January 1, 2017. A general
credit mark of $2.3 million was recorded in connection with completion of the acquisition and is being amortized over 30
years. As of September 30, 2021, our allowance for loan losses of $8.5 million was 1.4% of total loans receivable and
101.6% of non-performing loans.
Charge-offs on loans totaled $40,000 and $144,000 for the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. Management has taken a prudent approach in writing down all substandard loans to the net realizable value
of the applicable underlying collateral.
Management will continue to monitor and modify the allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate. However,
based on its comprehensive analysis, management believes that the amount maintained in the allowance for loan losses as
of September 30, 2021 is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio. No assurances can be given that the
level of allowance for loan losses will cover all of the inherent losses on our loans or that future adjustments to the
17
allowance for loan losses will not be necessary if economic and other conditions differ substantially from the economic
and other conditions used by management to determine the current level of the allowance for loan losses.
The following table shows changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods presented.
At or For the Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
(Dollars in Thousands)
Total loans outstanding at end of period
$ 707,623
$ 685,259
$ 708,233
$ 665,391
$ 652,607
Average net loans outstanding
613,956
583,367
587,102
588,493
487,999
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period
8,303
5,393
5,167
4,466
3,269
Provision for loan losses
200
3,025
100
810
2,990
Charge-offs:
One-to-four family residential
—
3
7
114
140
Multi-family residential and commercial real
estate
—
—
—
—
—
Commercial business
—
15
—
—
—
Construction and land development
40
—
—
12
1,819
Leases
—
—
31
—
—
Consumer
—
126
—
11
16
Total charge-offs
40
144
38
137
1,975
Recoveries on loans previously charged off
54
29
164
28
182
Allowance for loan losses, end of period
$
8,517
$
8,303
$
5,393
$
5,167
$
4,466
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total
loans
1.36 %
1.39 %
0.91 %
0.85 %
0.78 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-
performing loans
101.65 %
63.68 %
38.70 %
38.59 %
29.01 %
Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) during the
period to average loans outstanding during the
period
0.00 %
0.02 %
(0.02)%
0.02 %
0.37 %
The following table shows how the allowance for loan losses is allocated by type of loan at each of the dates
indicated.
September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Loan
Loan
Loan
Loan
Loan
Category
Category
Category
Category
Category
as a % of
as a % of
as a % of
as a % of
as a % of
Amount of
Total
Amount of
Total
Amount of
Total
Amount of
Total
Amount of
Total
Allowance Loans Allowance Loans Allowance Loans Allowance Loans Allowance Loans
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
1,665
28.6 % $
1,877
34.1 % $
1,002
38.0 % $
1,325
48.8 % $
1,241
53.8 %
Multi-family residential
1,051
10.8 %
460
4.5 %
315
4.3 %
347
5.2 %
205
3.3 %
Commercial real estate
2,220
23.4 %
1,989
20.4 %
1,257
18.1 %
1,154
18.0 %
1,201
19.6 %
Construction and land development
1,968
29.0 %
2,888
38.0 %
2,034
35.8 %
1,554
24.1 %
1,358
22.2 %
Commercial business
799
8.1 %
194
1.9 %
206
2.8 %
187
2.7 %
4
0.1 %
Loans to financial institutions
—
— %
89
0.9 %
63
0.8 %
64
0.9 %
—
— %
Leases
—
— %
3
0.1 %
5
0.1 %
18
0.2 %
23
0.7 %
Consumer
15
0.1 %
6
0.1 %
13
0.1 %
17
0.1 %
24
0.3 %
Unallocated
799
—
797
—
498
—
501
—
410
—
Total allowance for loan losses
$
8,517
100.0 % $
8,303
100.0 % $
5,393
100.0 % $
5,167
100.0 % $
4,466
100.0 %
The aggregate allowance for loan losses increased by $214,000 from September 30, 2020 to September 30, 2021
due to a provision of $200,000 combined with net recoveries of $14,000 recorded during the period. The aggregate
allowance for loan losses increased by $2.9 million from September 30, 2019 to September 30, 2020, due to a provision
of $3.0 million partially offset by a net charge off of $115,000 recorded during the period. The aggregate allowance for
loan losses increased by $226,000 from September 30, 2018 to September 30, 2019, due to a provision of $100,000
combined with a net recovery of $126,000 recorded during the period. Fluctuations in the allowance may occur based on
18
management’s consideration of the known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio that are reasonably estimable as well
as current qualitative and quantitative risk factors at the time of the analysis.
Investment Activities
General. We invest in securities in accordance with policies approved by our Board of Directors. The investment
policy designates the President, COO, CFO and Controller as the Investment Committee, which is authorized by the Board
to make the Bank’s investments consistent with the investment policy. The Board of Directors of the Bank reviews all
investment activity on a monthly basis.
The investment policy is designed primarily to manage the interest rate sensitivity of the assets and liabilities, to
generate a favorable return without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, to complement the lending activities and
to provide and maintain liquidity. The current investment policy generally permits investments in debt securities issued by
the U.S. government and U.S. agencies, municipal bonds, and corporate debt obligations, as well as investments in
preferred and common stock of government agencies and government sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae, Freddie
Mac and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (federal agency securities) and, to a lesser extent, other equity
securities. Securities in these categories are classified as “investment securities” for financial reporting purposes. The
policy also permits investments in mortgage-backed securities, including pass-through securities issued and guaranteed by
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae as well as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued or backed by
securities issued by these government sponsored agencies.
Ginnie Mae is a government agency within the Department of Housing and Urban Development which is intended
to help finance government-assisted housing programs. Ginnie Mae securities are backed by loans insured by the Federal
Housing Administration, or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The timely payment of principal and
interest on Ginnie Mae securities is guaranteed by Ginnie Mae and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
Government. Freddie Mac is a private corporation chartered by the U.S. Government. Freddie Mac issues participation
certificates backed principally by conventional mortgage loans. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest
and the ultimate return of principal on participation certificates. Fannie Mae is a private corporation chartered by the U.S.
Congress with a mandate to establish a secondary market for mortgage loans. Fannie Mae guarantees the timely payment
of principal and interest on Fannie Mae securities. Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae securities are not backed by the full faith
and credit of the U.S. Government.
Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve the risk that actual prepayments will be greater than estimated
prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion
of any discount relating to such instruments thereby changing the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment
risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or in the event such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In
addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Further, privately
issued mortgage-backed securities and CMOs also have a higher risk of default due to adverse changes in the
creditworthiness of the issuer. Management’s practice is generally to not invest in such securities. See further discussion
in Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 herein.
The Company has a portfolio of corporate debt securities with an investment grade rating from at least one
national rating agency. In purchasing these types of securities, the Company looks for known publicly trading entities
along with utilizing the credit department to underwrite each issuing entity as if it were a direct commercial loan. The
mortgage-backed securities consist both of mortgage pass-through and CMOs guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or
Freddie Mac.
The Company has portfolio municipal and government subdivisions securities which are graded at least “A” by
at least one national rating agency. The securities are exempt from taxation.
At September 30, 2021, the investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio amounted to $326.0 million or
29.6% of total assets at such date. The largest component of the securities portfolio as of September 30, 2021 consisted of
mortgage-backed securities which amounted to $139.6 million or 42.8% of the securities portfolio at September 30, 2021.
19
In addition, we invest in corporate debt, state and political subdivisions, U.S Government and agency obligations and to a
significantly lesser degree, other securities.
The securities are classified at the time of acquisition as available for sale, held to maturity or trading. Securities
classified as held to maturity must be purchased with the intent and ability to hold that security until its final maturity, and
can be sold prior to maturity only under rare circumstances. Held-to-maturity securities are accounted for based upon the
amortized cost of the security. Available-for-sale securities can be sold at any time based upon needs or market conditions.
Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on these securities, net of
income tax provisions, reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income. At September 30, 2021, the Company had
$20.1 million of investment and mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity, $305.9 million of investment
and mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale and no securities classified as trading securities. At
September 30, 2021, we had no investments in a single issuer other than securities issued by U.S. Government agencies
or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, which had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of the Company’s
stockholders’ equity.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the investment and mortgage-backed and equity
securities portfolios at the dates indicated.
September 30,
2021
2020
2019
Amortized
Fair
Amortized
Fair
Amortized
Fair
Cost
Value
Cost
Value
Cost
Value
(In Thousands)
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S.
Government agencies
$ 135,933
$ 139,631
$ 230,647
$ 240,659
$ 367,154
$ 375,818
U.S. Government and agency obligations
4,117
4,430
23,241
23,630
68,309
68,207
Corporate debt securities
92,645
95,141
78,764
81,783
67,360
69,539
State and political subdivisions
85,608
87,969
97,175
98,622
68,383
68,765
Total debt securities
318,303
327,171
429,827
444,694
571,206
582,329
Equity securities
6
21
6
51
6
95
Total investment and mortgage-backed
securities
$ 318,309
$ 327,192
$ 429,833
$ 444,745
$ 571,212
$ 582,424
The following table sets forth the amortized cost of debt securities which mature during each of the periods
indicated and the weighted average yields for each range of maturities at September 30, 2021.
Amounts at September 30, 2021 Which Mature In
Over
Over Five
One Year Weighted
One Year
Weighted
Years
Weighted
Over
Weighted
Weighted
or
Average
Through
Average
Through
Average
Ten
Average
Average
Less
Yield
Five Years
Yield
Ten Years
Yield
Years
Yield
Total
Yield
(Dollars in Thousands)
Bonds and other
debt securities:
U.S.
Government
and agency
obligations
$
—
—
$
—
—
$
1,000
4.44 % $
3,117
1.66 % $
4,117
2.34 %
Mortgage-
backed
securities
—
—
17
5.17 %
72
3.24 % 135,844
2.72 % 135,933
2.76 %
Corporate debt
securities
—
—
38,953
5.80 %
53,692
4.99 %
—
—
92,645
5.33 %
State and
political
subdivisions
—
—
5,629
2.71 %
5,996
2.60 %
73,983
3.36 %
85,608
3.26 %
Total
$
—
—
$
44,599
4.36 % $
60,760
3.62 % $ 212,944
3.16 % $ 318,303
3.64 %
20
The following table sets forth the purchases and principal repayments of our mortgage-backed securities at
amortized cost during the periods indicated.
At or For the Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Mortgage-backed securities at beginning of period
$
230,647
$
367,154
$
199,229
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
13,936
56,472
221,606
Sale of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
—
(85,978)
(33,149)
Maturities and repayments
(109,555)
(108,569)
(22,443)
Amortizations of premiums and discounts, net
905
1,568
1,911
Mortgage-backed securities at end of period
$
135,933
$
230,647
$
367,154
Weighted average yield at end of period
2.76 %
2.78 %
3.15 %
Sources of Funds
General. Deposits, loan repayments and prepayments, proceeds from sales of loans, cash flows generated from
operations and FHLB advances are the primary sources of funds for use in lending, investing and for other general
purposes.
Deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Deposits consist of
checking, both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing, money market, savings and certificate of deposit accounts. At
September 30, 2021, 44.5% of the funds deposited with the Bank were in core deposits, which are deposits other than
certificates of deposit and funds acquired through a broker.
The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates,
prevailing interest rates and competition. Retail deposits are obtained predominantly from the areas where the branch
offices are located. We have historically relied primarily on customer service and long-standing relationships with
customers to attract and retain these deposits; however, market interest rates and rates offered by competing financial
institutions significantly affect the Bank’s ability to attract and retain deposits. The interest rates offered on deposits are
competitive in the market place.
The Bank uses traditional means of advertising its deposit products, including broadcast and print media and
generally does not solicit deposits from outside its market area.
At September 30, 2021, jumbo cds (certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more) amounted to $168.4 million, of
which $136.4 million are scheduled to mature within twelve months subsequent to such date. At September 30, 2021, the
weighted average remaining period until maturity of the certificate of deposit accounts was 7.5 months. During fiscal 2021,
jumbo cds from government agencies and other financial institutions and brokered deposits, were utilized to fund growth.
21
The following table shows the distribution of, and certain other information relating to, deposits by type of
deposit, as of the dates indicated.
September 30,
2021
2020
2019
% of Total
% of Total
% of Total
Amount
Deposits
Amount
Deposits
Amount
Deposits
(Dollars in Thousands)
Certificate accounts:
Less than 1.00%
$ 156,444
21.99 % $ 95,739
12.42 % $ 14,341
1.92 %
1.00% - 1.99%
23,960
3.37 %
66,034
8.57 % 180,761
24.25 %
2.00% - 2.99%
33,611
4.72 %
75,206
9.75 % 284,909
38.22 %
3.00% - 3.40%
30,862
4.34 %
32,631
4.23 %
33,172
4.45 %
Total certificate accounts
$ 244,877
34.42 % $ 269,610
34.97 % $ 513,183
68.84 %
Transaction accounts:
Savings
$ 229,989
32.32 % $ 224,435
29.11 % $ 81,874
10.98 %
Checking:
Non-interest-bearing
37,410
5.26 %
30,002
3.89 %
15,974
2.14 %
Interest-bearing
87,751
12.33 % 135,797
17.61 %
58,647
7.87 %
Money market
111,488
15.67 % 111,105
14.41 %
75,766
10.16 %
Total transaction accounts
$ 466,638
65.58 % $ 501,339
65.03 % $ 232,261
31.16 %
Total deposits
$ 711,515
100.00 % $ 770,949
100.00 % $ 745,444
100.00 %
The following table shows the average balance of each type of deposit and the average rate paid on each type of
deposit for the periods indicated.
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
Average
Average
Average
Average
Interest
Rate
Average
Interest
Rate
Average
Interest
Rate
Balance Expense
Paid
Balance Expense
Paid
Balance Expense
Paid
(Dollars in Thousands)
Savings
$ 62,847
$
10
0.01 % $ 83,757
$
38
0.05 % $ 88,049
$
124
0.14 %
Interest-bearing checking and
money market accounts
370,245
3,580
0.97 %
245,421
2,045
0.83 %
125,148
899
0.72 %
Certificate accounts
277,314
4,687
1.69 %
413,308
8,819
2.13 %
555,004
12,137
2.19 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
710,406
$ 8,277
1.17 %
742,486
$ 10,902
1.47 %
768,201
$ 13,160
1.71 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits
31,572
22,966
15,493
Total deposits
$ 741,978
1.12 % $ 765,452
1.42 % $ 783,694
1.68 %
The following table shows the deposit cash flows during the periods indicated.
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(In Thousands)
Deposits made
$ 1,516,976
$ 2,110,071
$ 1,302,749
Withdrawals
(1,579,266)
(2,089,115)
(1,346,326)
Interest credited
2,856
4,549
4,763
Total (decrease) increase in deposits
$
(59,434)
$
25,505
$
(38,814)
22
The following table presents, by various interest rate categories and maturities, the amount of certificates of
deposit at September 30, 2021.
Maturing in the 12 Months Ending September 30,
Certificates of Deposit
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total
(In Thousands)
Less than 1.00%
$ 144,840
$
5,363
$
1,198
$
5,044
$ 156,445
1.00% - 1.99%
12,950
5,956
1,186
3,868
23,960
2.00% - 2.99%
24,150
6,315
3,145
—
33,610
3.00% - 3.40%
780
15,912
14,170
—
30,862
Total certificate accounts
$ 182,720
$
33,546
$
19,699
$
8,912
$ 244,877
The following tables show the maturities of our certificates of deposit of more than $250,000 at September 30,
2021, by time remaining to maturity.
Weighted
Quarter Ending:
Amount
Avg Rate
(Dollars in Thousands)
December 31, 2021
$
80,283
0.09 %
March 31, 2022
3,037
1.38 %
June 30, 2022
1,823
1.24 %
September 30, 2022
1,144
1.50 %
After September 30, 2022
7,792
2.82 %
Total certificates of deposit with balances of more than $250,000
$
94,079
0.40 %
Borrowings. From time to time we utilize advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh as an alternative to retail
deposits to fund the operations as part of the operating and liquidity strategy. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in
Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation. These FHLB advances
are collateralized primarily by certain mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities and secondarily by an investment
in capital stock of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. There are no specific credit covenants associated with these borrowings. FHLB
advances are made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of
maturities. The maximum amount that the FHLB of Pittsburgh will advance to member institutions, including the Bank,
fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. At September 30, 2021, the Bank
had $232.0 million in outstanding advances with the FHLB, and had the ability to obtain additional advances in the amount
of $101.7 million. The Bank utilized the FHLB advances to fund an investment leverage strategy along with funding
growth in the loan and investment portfolios.
The following table shows certain information regarding short-term borrowings (one year or less) at or for the
dates indicated:
At or For the Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
FHLB advances:
Average balance outstanding
$
9,932
$
66,735
$
31,158
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
25,000
115,000
90,000
Balance outstanding at end of period
—
25,000
90,000
Average interest rate during the period
0.39 %
1.58 %
2.53 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
— %
0.39 %
2.32 %
23
The following table shows certain information regarding long-term borrowings at or for the dates indicated:
Lomg-term FHLB
advances:
Maturity Range
Weighted Average
Stated Interest Rate Range
At September 30,
Description
from
to
Interest Rate
from
to
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Fixed Rate -
Advances
7-Oct-21
21-May-24
2.57 %
1.94 %
3.23 % $ 226,247
$ 244,286
Fixed Rate -
Amortizing
12-Oct-21
15-Aug-23
2.92 %
1.94 %
3.11 %
5,778
15,967
Total
$ 232,025
$ 260,253
Subsidiaries
The Company has only one direct subsidiary: Prudential Bank. The Bank’s sole subsidiary as of September 30,
2021 was PSB Delaware, Inc. (“PSB”), a Delaware-chartered corporation established to hold investment securities. As of
September 30, 2021, PSB had assets of $275.5 million primarily consisting of mortgage-backed and investment securities.
We may consider the establishment of one or more additional subsidiaries in the future.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
At September 30, 2021, we had 88 full-time employees, and two part-time employees. None of such employees
are represented by a collective bargaining group, and we believe that the Company’s relationship with its employees is
good. We believe our ability to attract and retain employees is a key to the Bank’s success.
Our human capital objectives include attracting, developing, and retaining the best available talent from a diverse pool
of candidates for the Bank. To do so, we strive to maintain competitive pay and benefits, regularly updating our compensation
structure and periodically reviewing our compensation and benefits programs. Additionally, the Bank identifies opportunities
and paths for the development of our staff, and we seek to, whenever possible, fill positions by promotion from within. The
Company recognizes that the skills and knowledge of its employees are critical to the success of the organization, and promotes
training and continuing education as an ongoing function for employees.
We recognize the importance of our employee’s financial health and well-being, and offer benefits such as a 401(k)
retirement savings plan and make both matching and profit-sharing contributions to that plan, which also includes the Company’s
stock as an investment option. Benefit programs available to eligible employees include, besides the 401(k) retirement savings
plan, health and life insurance, employee paid holidays and other benefits.
We value and promote diversity and inclusion in every aspect of our business and at every level within the company.
We recruit, hire, and promote employees based on their individual ability and experience and in accordance with Affirmative
Action and Equal Employment Opportunity laws and regulations. Our policy is that we do not discriminate on the basis of race,
color, religion, sex, gender, sexual orientation, ancestry, pregnancy, medical condition, age, marital status, national origin,
citizenship status, disability, veteran status, gender identity, genetic information, or any other status protected by law.
The Company is committed to the overall well-being of our team members. In the COVID-19 pandemic, we have
worked to implement state and local directives regarding public health. WE provided for remote working where possible. We
will continue to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and state and Pennsylvania guidance, making adjustments as necessary to
support employees.
24
REGULATION
General
The Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank and is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the
Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Department”) and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(the “FDIC”), and is also subject to certain requirements established by the Federal Reserve Board. The federal and state
laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their
investments, their reserves against deposits, the payment of dividends, the timing of the availability of deposited funds and
the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. There are periodic examinations by the Department and the FDIC
to test the Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a
comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of
the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in
connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to
the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in
such regulation, whether by the Department, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the Congress could have a material
adverse impact on Prudential Bancorp and the Bank and their respective operations.
Federal law provides the federal banking regulators, including the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, with
substantial enforcement powers. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money
penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and
institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and
regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action,
including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.
Prudential Bancorp is a registered as bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act and is subject
to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board and by the Department. Prudential Bancorp files annually a
report of its operations with, and is subject to examination by, the Federal Reserve Board and the Department. This
regulation and oversight is generally intended to ensure that Prudential Bancorp limits its activities to those allowed by
law and that it operates in a safe and sound manner without endangering the financial health of the Bank.
The common stock of Prudential Bancorp is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Prudential Bancorp is subject to the proxy and tender offer rules, insider trading reporting requirements and restrictions,
and certain other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Prudential Bancorp’s common stock is listed
on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PBIP.” The Nasdaq Stock Market listing requirements impose additional
requirements on us, including, among other things, rules relating to corporate governance and the composition and
independence of our Board of Directors and various committees of the Board, such as the audit committee.
Certain of the regulatory requirements that are applicable to the Bank and Prudential Bancorp are described
below. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and
regulations and their effects on the Bank and Prudential Bancorp and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual
statutes and regulations.
2018 Regulatory Reform
In May 2018 the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “2018 Act”), was
enacted to modify or remove certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some of those implemented under
the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”). While the 2018 Act maintains
most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework
for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50 billion.
Many of these changes could result in meaningful regulatory relief for community banks such as the Bank.
25
The 2018 Act, among other matters, expands the definition of qualified mortgages which may be held by a
financial institution and simplifies the regulatory capital rules for financial institutions and their holding companies with
total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion by instructing the federal banking regulators to establish a single
“Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of between 8 and 10 percent to replace the leverage and risk-based regulatory capital
ratios. The Act also expands the category of holding companies that may rely on the “Small Bank Holding Company and
Savings and Loan Holding Company Policy Statement” (the “SBHC Policy”) by raising the maximum amount of assets a
qualifying holding company may have from $1 billion to $3 billion. This expansion also excludes such holding companies
from the minimum capital requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the 2018 Act includes regulatory relief for
community banks regarding regulatory examination cycles, call reports, the Volcker Rule (proprietary trading
prohibitions), mortgage disclosures and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans.
It is difficult at this time to predict how the new standards under the 2018 Act will ultimately affect the Bank or
what specific impact the 2018 Act and the recently promulgated implementing rules and regulations will have on
community banks.
2010 Regulatory Reform
On July 21, 2010, the President signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new
restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions, including depository institutions.
The law also established an independent federal consumer protection bureau within the Federal Reserve Board. The
following discussion summarizes significant aspects of the law that may affect the Bank and Prudential Bancorp.
The following aspects of the financial reform and consumer protection act are related to the operations of the
Bank:
A new independent consumer financial protection bureau was established, the Consumer Financial Protection
Bureau (“CFPB”) within the Federal Reserve Board, empowered to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory
and enforcement authority with respect to both new and existing consumer financial protection laws. Smaller
financial institutions, like the Bank, are subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal
banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws.
Tier 1 capital treatment for “hybrid” capital items like trust preferred securities was eliminated subject to
various grandfathering and transition rules.
The prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits was repealed.
Deposit insurance on most accounts increased to $250,000.
The deposit insurance assessment base calculation now equals the depository institution’s total assets minus
the sum of its average tangible equity during the assessment period.
The minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund increased to 1.35 percent of estimated annual
insured deposits or assessment base; however, the FDIC is directed to “offset the effect” of the increased
reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.
The following aspects of the financial reform and consumer protection act are related to the operations of
Prudential Bancorp:
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act was amended to direct federal regulators to require depository institution
holding companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries.
The SEC is authorized to adopt rules requiring public companies to make their proxy materials available to
shareholders for nomination of their own candidates for election to the board of directors.
26
Public companies are now required to provide their shareholders with a non-binding vote: (i) at least once
every three years on the compensation paid to executive officers, and (ii) at least once every six years on
whether they should have a “say on pay” vote every one, two or three years.
A separate, non-binding shareholder vote is now required regarding golden parachutes for named executive
officers when a shareholder vote takes place on mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or other transactions that
would trigger the parachute payments.
Securities exchanges are now required to prohibit brokers from using their own discretion to vote shares not
beneficially owned by them for certain “significant” matters, which include votes on the election of directors
and executive compensation matters.
Stock exchanges are prohibited from listing the securities of any issuer that does not have a policy providing
for (i) disclosure of its policy on incentive compensation payable on the basis of financial information
reportable under the securities laws, and (ii) the recovery from current or former executive officers, following
an accounting restatement triggered by material noncompliance with securities law reporting requirements,
of any incentive compensation paid erroneously during the three-year period preceding the date on which the
restatement was required that exceeds the amount that would have been paid on the basis of the restated
financial information.
Disclosure in annual proxy materials will be required concerning the relationship between the executive
compensation paid and the financial performance of the issuer.
Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC will be amended to require companies (other than
smaller reporting companies and emerging growth companies) to disclose the ratio of the Chief Executive
Officer’s annual total compensation to the median annual total compensation of all other employees.
Smaller reporting companies are exempt from complying with the internal control auditor attestation
requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Regulation of Prudential Bank
Pennsylvania Banking Law. The Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 (the “Banking Code”) contains detailed
provisions governing the organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, employees and
members, as well as corporate powers, savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs.
The Banking Code delegates extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion to the Department so that the
supervision and regulation of state-chartered savings banks may be flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic
conditions and in savings and lending practices.
One of the purposes of the Banking Code is to provide savings banks with the opportunity to be competitive with
each other and with other financial institutions existing under other Pennsylvania laws and other state, federal and foreign
laws. A Pennsylvania savings bank may locate or change the location of its principal place of business and establish an
office anywhere in Pennsylvania, with the prior approval of the Department.
The Department generally examines each savings bank not less frequently than once every two years. Although
the Department may accept the examinations and reports of the FDIC in lieu of its own examination, the present practice
is for the Department to alternate conducting examinations with the FDIC. The Department may order any savings bank
to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice and may direct any director, trustee, officer,
attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Department has ordered the activity
to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Department why such person should not be removed.
Insurance of Accounts. The deposits of the Bank are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit
Insurance Fund and are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The Dodd-Frank Act increased deposit
insurance on most accounts to $250,000. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require
27
reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity determined by
regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions
against savings institutions.
The Dodd Frank Act raises the minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% and
requires the FDIC to offset the effect of this increase on insured institutions with assets of less than $10 billion (small
institutions). In March 2017, the FDIC adopted a rule to accomplish this by imposing a surcharge on larger institutions
commencing when the reserve ratio reaches 1.15% and ending when it reaches 1.35%. The reserve ratio reached 1.15%
effective as of June 30, 2017. This surcharge period became effective July 1, 2017 and ended on September 30, 2019 when
the reserve ratio reached 1.36%. Small institutions will receive credits for the portion of their regular assessments that
contributed to growth in the reserve ratio between 1.15% and 1.35%. The credits will apply to reduce regular assessments
by 2.0 basis points for quarters when the reserve ratio is at least 1.38%. As of June 30, 2019 the reserve ratio reached
1.40% and small bank assessment credits were applied to FDIC insurance invoices. The Bank received a credit of
$216,000. In 2020, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation announced that all credits had been remitted and that the
credit program had ended.
Effective July 1, 2016 the FDIC adopted changes that eliminated its risk-based premium system. The FDIC
assesses deposit insurance premiums on the assessment base of a depository institution, which is their average total asset
reduced by the amount of its average tangible equity. For a small institution (one with assets of less than $10 billion) that
has been federally insured for at least five years, effective July 1, 2016, the initial base assessment rate ranges from 3 to
30 basis points, based on the institution’s CAMELS composite and component ratings and certain financial ratios: its
leverage ratio; its ratio of net income before taxes to total assets; its ratio of nonperforming loans and leases to gross assets;
its ratio of other real estate owned to gross assets; its brokered deposits ratio (excluding reciprocal deposits if the institution
is well capitalized and has a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2); its one year asset growth ratio (which penalizes growth
adjusted for mergers in excess of 10%); and its loan mix index (which penalizes higher risk loans based on historical
industry charge off rates). The initial base assessment rate is subject to downward adjustment (not below 1.5%) based on
the ratio of unsecured debt the institution has issued to its assessment base, and to upward adjustment (which can cause
the rate to exceed 30 basis points) based on its holdings of unsecured debt issued by other insured institutions. Institutions
with assets of $10 billion or more are assessed using a scorecard method.
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it
determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or
unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed
by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the
permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the
accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a
period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any existing circumstances
which could result in termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.
Regulatory Capital Requirements. Unless a community bank qualifies and elects to comply with the community
bank leverage ratio (the “CBLR”) requirement described below, federal regulations require Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation-insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to
risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1capital to risk-based assets of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 8.0%
and a Tier 1 capital to average assets leverage ratio of 4.0%. In addition, in order to make capital distributions and pay
discretionary bonuses to executive officers without restriction, an institution must also maintain greater than 2.5% in
common equity attributable to a capital conservation buffer.
Effective January 1, 2020, qualifying community banking organizations may elect to comply with a greater than
9% community bank leverage ratio (the “CBLR”) requirement in lieu of the currently applicable requirements for
calculating and reporting risk-based capital ratios. The CBLR is equal to Tier 1 capital divided by average total
consolidated assets. In order to qualify for the CBLR election, a community bank must (i) have a leverage capital ratio
greater than 9 percent, (2) have less than $10 billion in average total consolidated assets, (3) not exceed certain levels of
off-balance sheet exposure and trading assets plus trading liabilities and (4) not be an advanced approaches banking
organization. A community bank that meets the above qualifications and elects to utilize the CBLR is considered to have
satisfied the risk-based and leverage capital requirements in the generally applicable capital rules and is also considered
28
to be “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules. As of September 30, 2021, the Bank had not elected to
be subject to the CBLR requirement.
The common equity Tier 1 capital component generally consists of retained earnings and common stock
instruments. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1
capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity
accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Under the risk-based capital requirement, “total” capital (a combination of core and
“supplementary” capital). The FDIC also is authorized to impose capital requirements in excess of these standards on
individual institutions on a case-by-case basis.
In determining compliance with the risk-based capital requirement, a savings bank is allowed to include both core
capital and supplementary capital in its total capital, provided that the amount of supplementary capital included does not
exceed the savings bank’s core capital. Supplementary capital generally consists of general allowances for loan losses up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, together with certain other items. In determining the required amount of
risk-based capital, total assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, are multiplied by a risk weight based on the risks
inherent in the type of assets. The risk weights range from 0% for cash and securities issued by the U.S. Government or
unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government to 100% for loans (other than qualifying
residential loans weighted at 80%) and repossessed assets and to 150% for certain acquisition, development and
construction loans and more than 90-day past due exposures.
Savings banks must value securities available for sale at amortized cost for regulatory capital purposes. This
means that in computing regulatory capital, savings banks should add back any unrealized losses and deduct any unrealized
gains, net of income taxes, on debt securities reported as a separate component of capital, as defined by generally accepted
accounting principles.
At September 30, 2021, the Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements, with Tier 1, Tier 1 common
equity, Tier 1 (to risk-weighted assets) and total risk-based capital ratios of 11.30%, 16.37%, 16.37% and 17.55%,
respectively.
Any savings bank that fails any of the capital requirements is subject to possible enforcement action by the FDIC.
Such action could include a capital directive, a cease and desist order, civil money penalties, the establishment of
restrictions on the institution’s operations, termination of federal deposit insurance and the appointment of a conservator
or receiver. The FDIC’s capital regulations provide that such actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise, could
require one or more of a variety of corrective actions.
Department Capital Requirements. The Bank is also subject to more stringent Department capital guidelines.
Although not adopted in regulation form, the Department utilizes capital standards requiring a minimum of 6% leverage
capital and 10% risk-based capital. The components of leverage and risk-based capital are substantially the same as those
defined by the FDIC. At September 30, 2021, the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded each of its capital requirements.
Prompt Corrective Action. The following table shows the amount of capital associated with the different capital
categories set forth in the prompt corrective action regulations (and does not take into account the potential determination
to elect to use the CBLR).
Total
Tier 1
Tier 1
Tier 1
Risk-Based
Risk-Based
Common Equity
Leverage
Capital Category
Capital
Capital
Capital
Capital
Well capitalized
10% or more
8% or more
6.5% or more
5% or more
Adequately capitalized
8% or more
6% or more
4.5% or more
4% or more
Undercapitalized
Less than 8 % Less than 6 % Less than 4.5 % Less than 4 %
Significantly undercapitalized
Less than 6 % Less than 4 % Less than 3
% Less than 3 %
In addition, an institution is “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is
equal to or less than 2.0%. Under specified circumstances, a federal banking agency may reclassify a “well capitalized”
29
institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized institution or an undercapitalized institution
to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the FDIC may not reclassify a
significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized).
An institution generally must file a written capital restoration plan which meets specified requirements within 45
days of the date that the institution receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly
undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. A federal banking agency must provide the institution with written notice
of approval or disapproval within 60 days after receiving a capital restoration plan, subject to extensions by the agency.
An institution which is required to submit a capital restoration plan must concurrently submit a performance guaranty by
each company that controls the institution. In addition, undercapitalized institutions are subject to various regulatory
restrictions, and the appropriate federal banking agency also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions.
At September 30, 2021, the Bank was deemed to be a “well capitalized” institution for purposes of the prompt
corrective action regulations and as such is not subject to the above mentioned restrictions.
Summary of Capital Positions. The table below sets forth the Company and the Bank’s capital position relative
to its respective regulatory capital requirements at September 30, 2021.
To Be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Required for Capital
Corrective
Adequacy
Action
Ratio
Purposes (1)
Provisions (1)
September 30, 2021:
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company
11.48 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
11.30 %
4.0 %
5.0 %
Tier 1 Common (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
16.70 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
16.37 %
4.5 %
6.5 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
16.70 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
16.37 %
6.0 %
8.0 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
17.87 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
17.55 %
8.0 %
10.0 %
September 30, 2020:
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company
10.34 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
10.51 %
4.0 %
5.0 %
Tier 1 Common (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
17.21 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
16.88 %
4.5 %
6.5 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
17.21 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
16.88 %
6.0 %
8.0 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
18.41 %
N/A
N/A
Bank
18.08 %
8.0 %
10.0 %
(1) The Company is not subject to the regulatory capital ratios imposed by Basel III on bank holding companies because
the Company was deemed to be a small bank holding company as of September 30, 2021.
30
Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks and Savings Banks. The activities and equity
investments of FDIC-insured, state-chartered banks and savings banks are generally limited to those that are permissible
for national banks or a federal savings association. Under regulations dealing with equity investments, an insured state
bank or savings bank generally may not directly or indirectly acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an
amount, that is not permissible for a national bank or a federal savings association. An insured state bank is not prohibited
from, among other things:
acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary;
investing as a limited partner in a partnership the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the
acquisition, rehabilitation or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that such limited
partnership investments may not exceed 2% of the bank’s total assets;
acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors’, trustees’
and officers’ liability insurance coverage or bankers’ blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured
depository institutions; and
acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a depository institution if certain requirements are met.
The FDIC has adopted regulations pertaining to the other activity restrictions imposed upon insured state-
chartered banks and savings banks and their subsidiaries. Pursuant to such regulations, insured state banks and savings
banks engaging in impermissible activities may seek approval from the FDIC to continue such activities. State banks and
savings banks not engaging in such activities but that desire to engage in otherwise impermissible activities either directly
or through a subsidiary may apply for approval from the FDIC to do so; however, if such bank fails to meet the minimum
capital requirements or the activities present a significant risk to the FDIC insurance funds, such application will not be
approved by the FDIC. Pursuant to this authority, the FDIC has determined that investments in certain majority-owned
subsidiaries of insured state-chartered banks and savings banks do not represent a significant risk to the deposit insurance
funds. Investments permitted under that authority include real estate activities and securities activities.
Restrictions on Capital Distributions. Under federal rules, an insured depository institution may not pay any
dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. In addition, federal
regulators have the authority to restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends for safety and soundness reasons. The FDIC
also prohibits an insured depository institution from paying dividends on its capital stock or interest on its capital notes or
debentures (if such interest is required to be paid only out of net profits) or distributing any of its capital assets while it
remains in default in the payment of any assessment due the FDIC. The Bank is currently not in default in any assessment
payment to the FDIC. Pennsylvania law also restricts the payment and amount of dividends, including the requirement
that dividends be paid only out of accumulated net earnings.
Incentive Compensation. Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the FDIA prohibit
excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts
paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal
stockholder.
In January 2010, the FDIC announced that it would seek public comment on whether banks with compensation
plans that encourage risky behavior should be charged higher deposit assessment rates than such banks would otherwise
be charged. The comment period ended in February 2010. As of September 30, 2021, a final rule has not been adopted.
In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies
(the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking
organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The
Incentive Compensation Guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of
an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s
incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the
organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk
31
management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the
organization’s board of directors. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into
the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The
Incentive Compensation Guidance provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its
incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the
organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the
deficiencies.
In April 2011, the federal banking agencies and the SEC jointly published proposed rulemaking designed to
implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act prohibiting incentive compensation arrangements that would encourage
inappropriate risk taking. Those proposed regulations apply only to a financial institution or its holding company with $1
billion or more of assets. In June 2016, the federal banking agencies and the SEC published a new proposed rule to
implement these provisions.
The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are continuing to
develop. It cannot be determined at this time whether a final rule will be adopted and whether compliance with such a final
rule will adversely affect the ability of Prudential Bancorp and the Bank to hire, retain and motivate their key employees.
Privacy Requirements. Federal law places limitations on financial institutions like the Bank regarding the sharing
of consumer financial information with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, these provisions require all financial
institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial
institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of personal financial
information with unaffiliated third parties. The Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes such
policy is in compliance with applicable regulations.
Anti-Money Laundering. Federal anti-money laundering rules impose various requirements on financial
institutions to prevent the use of the U.S. financial system to fund terrorist activities. These provisions include a
requirement that financial institutions operating in the United States have anti-money laundering compliance programs,
due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such compliance programs
supplement existing compliance requirements, also applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and
the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations. The Bank has established policies and procedures to ensure compliance
with the federal anti-money laundering provisions.
UDAP and UDAAP. Recently, banking regulatory agencies have increasingly used a general consumer protection
statute to address “unethical” or otherwise “bad” business practices that may not necessarily fall directly under the purview
of a specific banking or consumer finance law. The law of choice for enforcement against such business practices has been
Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (the “FTC Act”), which is the primary federal law that prohibits unfair or
deceptive acts or practices, referred to as UDAP, and unfair methods of competition in or affecting commerce. “Unjustified
consumer injury” is the principal focus of the FTC Act. Prior to the Dodd- Frank Act, there was little formal guidance to
provide insight to the parameters for compliance with UDAP laws and regulations. However, UDAP laws and regulations
have been expanded under the Dodd-Frank Act to apply to “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices,” referred to as
UDAAP, which have been delegated to the CFPB for supervision. The CFPB has published its first Supervision and
Examination Manual that addresses compliance with and the examination of UDAAP. The potential reach of the CFPB’s
broad new rulemaking powers and UDAAP authority on the operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial
products or services, including the Bank is currently unknown.
Community Reinvestment Act. All insured depository institutions have a responsibility under the Community
Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-
income neighborhoods. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could
result in restrictions on its activities. The Bank received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most
recently completed examination.
Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations. Pennsylvania-chartered savings banks are subject to a
variety of federal statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting
32
of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including
the imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil
action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class
action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations.
USA PATRIOT Act. The Bank is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gave federal agencies additional
powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased
information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy
Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act provided measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank
regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on
a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents, and
parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.
Other Regulations. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury
laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to
credit transactions, such as the:
•
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the
public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet
the housing needs of the community it serves;
•
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited
factors in extending credit;
•
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting
agencies; and
•
Rules and regulations of the various federal and state agencies charged with the responsibility of
implementing such federal and state laws.
The deposit operations of the Bank also are subject to, among others, the:
•
Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial
records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
•
Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such
as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;
and
•
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits
to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of
automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which
is one of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. Each Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a reserve or central bank for its
members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds from the sale of consolidated obligations of the
Federal Home Loan Bank System. It makes loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures
established by the board of directors of the Federal Home Loan Bank.
As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
in an amount in accordance with the Federal Home Loan Bank’s capital plan and sufficient to ensure that the Federal
Home Loan Bank remains in compliance with its minimum capital requirements. At September 30, 2021, the Bank was in
compliance with this requirement.
33
Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest
bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts, which are primarily checking and NOW accounts,
and non-personal time deposits. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve
Board may be used to satisfy the liquidity requirements that are imposed by the Department. At September 30, 2021, the
Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements. On March 15, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board reduced reserve
requirement to 0% effective as of March 26, 2020, which eliminated reserve requirements for all depository institutions.
Regulation of Prudential Bancorp
Bank Holding Company Act Activities and Other Limitations. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, Prudential
Bancorp must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire control of another bank or
bank holding company, merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, acquire all or substantially all of the
assets of another bank or bank holding company, or acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of
any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, Prudential Bancorp would directly or indirectly own or
control more than 5% of such shares.
Federal statutes impose restrictions on the ability of a bank holding company and its nonbank subsidiaries to
obtain extensions of credit from its subsidiary bank, on the subsidiary bank’s investments in the stock or securities of the
holding company, and on the subsidiary bank’s taking of the holding company’s stock or securities as collateral for loans
to any borrower. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are also prevented from engaging in certain tie-in
arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property, or furnishing of services by the
subsidiary bank.
A bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary
banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it has been the policy of the Federal
Reserve Board that a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital to
its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-
raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet
its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve
Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board regulations, or both. The
Dodd-Frank Act included a provision that directs federal regulators to require depository institution holding companies to
serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries. To date, no regulations have been promulgated to
implement that provision.
Non-Banking Activities. The business activities of Prudential Bancorp, as a bank holding company, are restricted
by the Bank Holding Company Act. Under the Bank Holding Company Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s bank holding
company regulations, bank holding companies may only engage in, or acquire or control voting securities or assets of a
company engaged in:
banking or managing or controlling banks and other subsidiaries authorized under the Bank Holding
Company Act; and
any Bank Holding Company Act activity the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related
that it is incidental to banking or managing or controlling banks.
The Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation that certain activities are closely related to banking
including operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or
savings association; performing certain data processing operations; providing limited securities brokerage services; acting
as an investment or financial advisor; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing
personal property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; providing tax planning and preparation services; operating a
collection agency; and providing certain courier services. Moreover, as discussed below, certain other activities are
permissible for a bank holding company that becomes a financial holding company.
34
Financial Holding Companies. Bank holding companies may also engage in a broad range of activities under a
type of financial services company known as a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company essentially is
a bank holding company with significantly expanded powers. Financial holding companies are authorized by statute to
engage in a number of financial activities previously impermissible for bank holding companies, including securities
underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting
and agency; and merchant banking activities. The Federal Reserve Board and the Department of the Treasury are also
authorized to permit additional activities for financial holding companies if the activities are “financial in nature” or
“incidental” to financial activities. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its
subsidiary banks is well capitalized, well managed, and has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating.
A financial holding company must provide notice to the Federal Reserve Board within 30 days after commencing activities
previously determined by statute or by the Federal Reserve Board and Department of the Treasury to be permissible.
Prudential Bancorp has not submitted notices to the Federal Reserve Board of its intent to be deemed a financial holding
company. However, it is not precluded from submitting a notice in the future should it wish to engage in activities only
permitted to financial holding companies.
Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant
to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing
applications to it under the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines for
bank holding company, on a consolidated basis, are similar to those imposed on the Bank by the FDIC. See “-Regulation
of Prudential Bank - Capital Requirements.” Moreover, certain of the bank holding company capital requirements
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board in 2013 became effective as of January 1, 2017. Those requirements establish
four minimum capital ratios that Prudential Bancorp had to comply with as of that date as set forth in the table below.
However, in May 2016, amendments to the Federal Reserve Board’s SBHC Policy became effective which increased the
asset threshold to qualify to utilize the provisions of the SBHC Policy from $500 million to $1.0 billion. Subsequently, as
part of the 2018 Act, the threshold was increased to $3.0 billion. Bank holding companies which are subject to the SBHC
Policy are not subject to compliance with the regulatory capital requirements set forth in the table below until they exceed
$3.0 billion in assets. As a consequence, as of September 30, 2021, Prudential Bancorp was not required to comply with
the requirements set forth below until such time that its consolidated total assets exceed $3.0 billion or the Federal Reserve
Board determines that Prudential Bancorp is no longer deemed to be a small bank holding company. However, if Prudential
Bancorp had been subject to the requirements, it would have been in compliance with such requirements.
Capital Ratio
Regulatory Minimum
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
4.5 %
Tier 1 Leverage Capital
4.0 %
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital
6.0 %
Total Risk-Based Capital
8.0 %
The leverage capital requirement is calculated as a percentage of total assets and the other three capital
requirements are calculated as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. For a more detailed discussion of the 2013 capital
rules, see “Recent Regulatory Capital Regulations” under “Regulation of Prudential Bank” above.
Restrictions on Dividends and Repurchases. Prudential Bancorp’s ability to declare and pay dividends may
depend in part on dividends received from the Bank. The Banking Code regulates the distribution of dividends by savings
banks and states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid out of accumulated net earnings, provided that the bank
continues to meet its surplus requirements. In addition, dividends may not be declared or paid if the Bank is in default in
payment of any assessment due the FDIC.
A Federal Reserve Board policy statement on the payment of cash dividends states that a bank holding company
should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover
both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset
quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policy statement also provides that it would be
inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, under
the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from
paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.” See “-Regulation of
Prudential Bank - Prompt Corrective Action” above.
35
Section 225.4(b)(1) of Regulation Y promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board requires that a bank holding
company that is not well capitalized or well managed, or that is subject to any unresolved supervisory issues, provide prior
notice to the Federal Reserve Board for any repurchase or redemption of its equity securities for cash or other value that
would reduce by 10 percent or more the bank holding company’s consolidated net worth aggregated over the preceding
12-month period. The Federal Reserve Bank may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the
proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order
or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board.
Federal Securities Laws. Prudential Bancorp’s common stock is registered with the SEC under Section 12(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Prudential Bancorp is subject to the proxy and tender offer rules, insider trading
reporting requirements and restrictions, and certain other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a public company, Prudential Bancorp is subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
which addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and
enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our principal executive
officer and principal financial officer are required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the SEC under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements,
including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the
audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included
information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal
control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.
Volcker Rule Regulations. Regulations have been adopted by the federal banking agencies to implement the
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the Volcker Rule. The regulations contain prohibitions and
restrictions on the ability of financial institutions holding companies and their affiliates to engage in proprietary trading
and to hold certain interests in, or to have certain relationships with, various types of investment funds, including hedge
funds and private equity funds. Recently promulgated federal regulations exclude from the Volcker Rule restrictions
community banks with $10 billion or less in total consolidated assets and total trading assets and liabilities of five percent
or less of total consolidated assets. Prudential Bancorp qualifies for the exclusion from the Volcker Rule restrictions.
Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between insured financial institutions and any affiliate
are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of an insured financial institution is any
company or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the insured financial institution. In a
bank holding company context, the bank holding company of an insured financial institution (such as Prudential Bancorp)
and any companies which are controlled by such holding company are affiliates of the insured financial institution.
Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the insured financial institution or its subsidiaries may engage in
“covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and
contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and
surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as certain other transactions and requires that all transactions
be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the insured financial institution, as those provided to a non-
affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to, purchase of assets from and issuance of a
guarantee to an affiliate and similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the provision of services and the
sale of assets by an insured financial institution to an affiliate.
In addition, Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to executive officers,
directors and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than
10% stockholder of an insured financial institution, and certain affiliated interests of either, may not exceed, together with
all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, the insured financial institution’s loans to one borrower
limit (generally equal to 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that loans to
directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable
transactions to other persons unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely
available to employees of the institution and (ii) does not give preference to any director, executive officer or principal
stockholder, or certain affiliated interests of either, over other employees of the insured financial institution. Section 22(h)
also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by an insured
36
financial institution to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section
22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers. At September 30, 2021, the Bank was in compliance
with the above restrictions.
TAXATION
Federal Taxation
General. Prudential Bancorp and the Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as
other corporations with some exceptions listed below. The following discussion of federal, state and local income taxation
is only intended to summarize certain pertinent income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the applicable
tax rules. During fiscal 2021, the Internal Revenue Service had concluded an audit of the Company’s tax returns for the
year ended September 30, 2016 and no adverse findings were noted. The federal and state income tax returns for taxable
years through September 30, 2016 have been closed for purposes of examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the
Pennsylvania Department of Revenue.
Prudential Bancorp files a consolidated federal income tax return with the Bank and its subsidiary, PSB. Any
distributions made by Prudential Bancorp to its shareholders generally will be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-
taxable return of capital to shareholders for federal and state tax purposes.
Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Prudential Bancorp and the Bank report income and
expenses on the accrual method of accounting and file their federal income tax return on a fiscal year basis.
Bad Debt Reserves. The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the reserve method of
accounting for bad debt reserves by savings associations, effective for taxable years beginning after 1995. Prior to that
time, the Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make additions to the reserve. These additions
could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at taxable income. As a result of the Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996, savings associations must use the specific charge-off method in computing their bad debt deduction
beginning with their 1996 federal tax return. In addition, federal legislation required the recapture over a six year period
of the excess of tax bad debt reserves at December 31, 1995 over those established as of December 31, 1987.
Taxable Distributions and Recapture. Prior to the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, bad debt reserves
created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if the Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset
and definitional tests. New federal legislation eliminated these savings association related recapture rules. However, under
current law, pre-1988 reserves remain subject to recapture should the Bank make certain non-dividend distributions or
cease to maintain a bank charter.
At September 30, 2021, the total federal pre-1988 reserve was approximately $6.6 million. The reserve reflects
the cumulative effects of federal tax deductions by the Bank for which no federal income tax provisions have been made.
Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20%
on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences. The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent such
alternative minimum tax income is in excess of the regular income tax. Net operating losses, of which the Bank has none,
can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may
be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. The Bank has not been subject to the alternative minimum
tax.
Corporate Dividends Received Deduction. Prudential Bancorp may exclude from its income 100% of dividends
received from the Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends received
deduction is 80% in the case of dividends received from corporations which a corporate recipient owns less than 80%, but
at least 20% of the distribution corporation. Corporations which own less than 20% of the stock of a corporation
distributing a dividend may deduct only 70% of dividends received.
37
State and Local Taxation
Pennsylvania Taxation. Prudential Bancorp is subject to the Pennsylvania Corporate Net Income Tax and the
Capital Stock and Franchise Tax. The Corporation Net Income Tax rate for 2021 is 9.99% and is imposed on
unconsolidated taxable income for federal purposes with certain adjustments. In general, the Capital Stock and Franchise
Tax is a property tax imposed on a corporation’s capital stock value at a statutorily defined rate, such value being
determined in accordance with a fixed formula based upon average net income and net worth.
The Bank is subject to tax under the Pennsylvania Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax Act, as amended to include thrift
institutions having capital stock. Pursuant to the Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax, the tax rate is 11.50%. The Mutual Thrift
Institutions Tax exempts Prudential Savings from other taxes imposed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for state
income tax purposes and from all local taxation imposed by political subdivisions, except taxes on real estate and real
estate transfers. The Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax is a tax upon net earnings, determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles with certain adjustments. The Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax, in computing income
according to generally accepted accounting principles, allows for the deduction of interest earned on state and federal
obligations, while disallowing a percentage of a thrift’s interest expense deduction in the proportion of interest income on
those securities to the overall interest income of the Bank. Net operating losses, if any, thereafter can be carried forward
three years for Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax purposes.
In addition, as a savings bank conducting business in Philadelphia, the Bank is also subject to the City of
Philadelphia Business Privilege Tax. The City of Philadelphia Business Privilege Tax is a tax upon net income or taxable
receipts imposed on persons carrying on or exercising for gain or profit certain business activities within Philadelphia.
Pursuant to the City of Philadelphia Business Privilege Tax, the 2021 tax rate was 6.20% on net income and 0.145% on
gross receipts. For regulated industry taxpayers, the tax is the lesser of the tax on net income or the tax on gross receipts.
The City of Philadelphia Business Privilege Tax allows for the deduction by financial businesses from receipts of (a) the
cost of securities and other intangible property and monetary metals sold, exchanged, paid at maturity or redeemed, but
only to the extent of the total gross receipts from securities and other intangible property and monetary metals sold,
exchanged, paid out at maturity or redeemed; (b) moneys or credits received in repayment of the principal amount of
deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations; (c) interest received on account of deposits, advances, credits,
loans and other obligations made to persons resident or having their principal place of business outside Philadelphia;(d)
interest received on account of other deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations but only to the extent of
interest expenses attributable to such deposits, advances, credits, loans and other obligations; and (e) payments received
on account of shares purchased by stockholders. An apportioned net operating loss may be carried forward for three tax
years following the tax year for which it was first reported.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
In analyzing whether to make or to continue on investment in our securities, investors should consider, among other
factors, the following risk factors.
Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic
The global COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and will likely continue to adversely affect, our business,
financial condition, liquidity and results of operations and the ultimate impact will depend on future developments,
which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and
the actions taken by governmental authorities in response to the pandemic.
The Company believes the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic has negatively affected our business and is likely to
continue to do so. The outbreak has caused significant volatility and disruption in the financial markets both in the United
States and globally. In our market area, stay-at-home orders and travel restrictions, and similar orders imposed across the
United States to restrict the spread of COVID-19, resulted in significant business and operational disruptions, including
business closures, supply chain disruptions, and significant layoffs and furloughs. Local jurisdictions have subsequently
lifted stay-at-home orders and moved to phased reopening of businesses, although capacity restrictions and health and
safety recommendations that encourage continued physical distancing and working remotely have limited the ability of
38
businesses to return to pre-pandemic levels of activity. If COVID-19, or another highly infectious or contagious disease,
continues to spread or the response to contain it is unsuccessful, we could continue to experience material adverse effects
on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations. The extent of such effects will depend on future
developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the geographic spread of the novel
coronavirus, the overall severity of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, the measures that may be taken by various
governmental authorities in response to the outbreak (such as continued quarantines and travel restrictions or the re-
imposition of such measures) and the possible further impacts on the global economy. The Company’s operations may
also be disrupted if significant portions of its workforce are unable to work effectively, including because of illness,
quarantines, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic, and the Company has already
temporarily limited access to certain of its branches and offices. In response to the pandemic, the Company has also offered
fee waivers, payment deferrals, and other expanded assistance to small business and personal lending customers. Future
governmental actions may require these and other types of customer-related responses.
The continued spread of COVID-19 and the efforts to contain the virus, including stay-at-home orders and travel
restrictions, could, among other things: (1) cause changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and saving habits,
which may affect the demand for loans and other products and services the Company offers, as well as the creditworthiness
of potential and current borrowers; (2) cause the Company’s borrowers to be unable to meet existing payment obligations,
particularly those borrowers that may be disproportionately affected by business shut downs and travel restrictions,
resulting in increases in loan delinquencies, problem assets, and foreclosures; (3) cause the value of collateral for loans,
especially real estate, to decline in value; (4) result in the imposition of limitations on the Company’s ability to foreclose
on properties during the COVID-19 pandemic; (5) result in the decline in the value of the investment securities portfolio
as well as the impairment of the value of investment securities; (6) reduce the availability and productivity of the
Company’s employees; (7) require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses; (8) cause the Company’s vendors
and counterparties to be unable to meet existing obligations to the Company; (9) adversely impact the business and
operations of third-party service providers that perform critical services for our business; (10) impede our ability to close
mortgage loans, if appraisers and title companies are unable to perform their functions; and (11) and reduce the net worth
and liquidity of loan guarantors, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.
The Company’s operations substantially depend on the management skills of the Company’s senior management
and directors, many of whom have held officer and director positions with us for many years. The unanticipated loss or
unavailability of key employees due to the COVID-19 pandemic could harm the Company’s ability to operate its business
or execute its business strategy. The Company may not be successful in finding and integrating suitable successors in the
event of key employee loss or unavailability.
Any one or a combination of the above events could have a material, adverse effect on the Company’s business,
financial condition, and results of operations.
Risks Related To Our Lending Activities
Our non-performing assets expose us to increased risk of loss.
At September 30, 2021, we had total non-performing assets of $12.5 million, or 1.1% of total assets as compared
to $13.0 million or 1.2% of total assets as of September 30, 2020. Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net
income in various ways. We do not accrue interest income on non-accrual loans and no interest income is recognized until
the loan is performing and the financial condition of the borrower supports recording interest income on a cash basis. We
must reserve for probable losses, which are established through a current period charge to income in the provision for loan
losses, and from time to time, write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing
market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs
such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing
assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract us from the overall supervision of operations
and other income-producing activities of the Bank. Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses is inaccurate,
we will have to increase the allowance accordingly. At September 30, 2021, our allowance for loan losses amounted to
$8.5 million, or 1.4% of total loans and 101.6% of non-performing loans, compared to $8.3 million, or 1.4% of total loans
and 63.7% of non-performing loans at September 30, 2020.
39
Higher loan losses could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses through a charge to earnings
When we loan money, we incur the risk that our borrowers will not repay their loans. We reserve for loan losses
by establishing an allowance through a charge to earnings. The amount of this allowance is based on our assessment of
loan losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The process for determining the amount of the allowance is critical to our
financial results and condition. It requires subjective and complex judgments about the future, including forecasts of
economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. We might underestimate
the loan losses inherent in our loan portfolio and have loan losses in excess of the amount reserved. We might increase the
allowance because of changing economic conditions. For example, in a rising interest rate environment, borrowers with
adjustable-rate loans could see their payments increase. There may be a significant increase in the number of borrowers
who are unable or unwilling to pay their loans, resulting in our charging off more loans and increasing our allowance. In
addition, when real estate values decline, the potential severity of loss on a real estate-secured loan can increase
significantly, especially in the case of loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios. Weakness in the national economy
and the economies of the areas in which our loans are concentrated could result in an increase in loan delinquencies,
foreclosures or repossessions, resulting in the increased charge-off amounts and the need for additional loan loss provisions
in future periods. In addition, our determination as to the amount of our allowance for loan losses is subject to review by
our primary banking regulators, the Department and the FDIC, as part of their examination process, which may result in
the establishment of an additional provision based upon the judgment of such agencies after a review of the information
available at the time of its examination. Our allowance for loan losses amounted to 1.4% of total loans and 101.6% of non-
performing loans at September 30, 2021. Our allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2021 may not be sufficient to
cover future loan losses. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require an increased provision to replenish the
allowance, which would negatively affect earnings.
Our existing residential mortgage loans exposes us to lending risks, and the geographic concentration of our loan
portfolio and lending activities makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy.
At September 30, 2021, $202.3 million, or 28.6% of our loan portfolio, was secured by one-to-four family real
estate. One-to-four family residential mortgage lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions
that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to
predict. Real estate values are affected by various factors, including supply and demand, changes in general or regional
economic conditions, interest rates, government rules or policies and natural disasters. Declines in real estate values could
cause some of our residential mortgage loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of
loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral. Future weakness in economic conditions
could result in reduced loan demand and a decline in loan originations. In particular, a significant decline in real estate
values would likely lead to a decrease in new construction, commercial real estate and residential mortgage loan
originations and increased delinquencies and defaults in our real estate loan portfolio.
Our increased emphasis on originating construction and land development and commercial real estate loans may
expose us to increased lending risks.
At September 30, 2021, $205.4 million, or 29.0%, of our loan portfolio consisted of construction and land
development loans, and $166.0 million, or 23.5%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans.
Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than long-term financing on
improved, owner-occupied residential real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy
of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction compared to the estimated costs, including
interest, of construction and other assumptions. Additionally, if the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, we may be
confronted with a project, when completed, having a value less than the loan amount. Likewise, commercial real estate
loans generally expose a lender to a greater risk of loss than one-to-four family residential loans. Repayment of commercial
real estate loans generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property or business to cover operating
expenses and debt service. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or
groups of related borrowers compared to one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Changes in economic conditions
that are out of the control of the borrower and lender could impact the value of the security for the loan, the future cash
flow of the involved property, or the marketability of a construction project with respect to loans originated for the
acquisition and development of property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced with
respect to commercial real estate properties than residential properties. Also, many of construction borrowers have more
40
than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit
relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a
residential mortgage loan.
In recent periods, the majority of our non-performing assets have related to construction loans. At September 30,
2021, three construction loans aggregating $4.1 million were considered non-performing and on non-accrual status. All of
these construction loans were related to one lending relationship consisting of seven loans with a total principal balance
outstanding of $6.0 million, all of which were deemed non-performing as of such date.
Imposition of limits by the bank regulators on commercial and multi-family real estate lending activities could
curtail our growth and adversely affect our earnings.
In 2006, the FDIC, the FRB and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (collectively, the “Agencies”)
issued joint guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices”
(the “CRE Guidance”). Although the CRE Guidance did not establish specific lending limits, it provides that a bank’s
commercial real estate lending exposure could receive increased supervisory scrutiny where total non-owner-occupied
commercial real estate loans, including loans secured by apartment buildings, investor commercial real estate, and
construction and land loans, represent 300% or more of an institution’s total risk-based capital, and the outstanding balance
of the commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the preceding 36 months. Our level of
commercial real estate and multi-family loans represents 337.2% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at September 30,
2021.
In December 2015, the Agencies released a new statement on prudent risk management for commercial real estate
lending (the “2015 Statement”). In the 2015 Statement, the Agencies, among other things, indicate the intent to continue
“to pay special attention” to commercial real estate lending activities and concentrations going forward. If the FDIC, our
primary federal banking regulator, were to impose restrictions on the amount of commercial real estate loans we can hold
in our portfolio, for reasons noted above or otherwise, our earnings would be adversely affected.
We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate in our market area; adverse economic conditions in
our market area have adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, our financial condition and result
of operations
Substantially all of our loans are to individuals, businesses and real estate developers located in Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, New York and Delaware and our business depends significantly on general economic conditions in these
market areas. A deterioration in economic conditions or a prolonged weakness in the economic recovery in our primary
market areas could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business:
Loan delinquencies may increase;
Problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
Demand for our products and services may decline;
The carrying value of our other real estate owned may decline; and
Collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may continue to decline in value, in turn reducing a
customer’s borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our loans.
The Company’s credit standards and its on-going credit assessment processes might not protect it from
significant credit losses.
The Company assumes credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit.
We manage our credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and a
continuous quality assessment process of credit already extended. Our exposure to credit risk is managed through the use
41
of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize local lending while avoiding highly leveraged transactions as well as
excessive industry and other concentrations. The Company’s credit administration function employs risk management
techniques to help ensure that problem loans and leases are promptly identified. While these procedures are designed to
provide us with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate
corrective actions, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk.
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with the Bank’s lending activities.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental
liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and
take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be
found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for
remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when
the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to
incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit
our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement
policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and
procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure on nonresidential real property, these
reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial
liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our business strategy includes loan growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be
negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. Growing our operations could also
cause our expenses to increase faster than our revenues.
Our business strategy primarily focuses on loan growth including loan participations, funded by deposits.
Achieving such growth may require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market
areas. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain
experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the level of competition from other
financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available
or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial
condition and operating results could be negatively affected. Furthermore, there can be considerable costs involved in
expanding lending capacity, and generally a period of time is required to generate the necessary revenues to offset these
costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion can
be expected to negatively impact our earnings until certain economies of scale are reached.
Risks Related to Market Interest Rates
A significant percentage of our assets is invested in securities which typically have a lower yield than our loan
portfolio.
Our results of operations are substantially dependent on our net interest income. At September 30, 2021, $409.8
million or 37.2 % of our assets was invested in investment securities, certificates of deposit, cash and amounts due from
banks. These investments yield substantially less than the loans we hold in our portfolio. The weighted average yield on
such assets for the year ended September 30, 2021 was 2.60% as compared to 4.18% for loans. Accordingly, our net
interest margin is lower than it would have been if a higher proportion of our interest-earning assets consisted of loans. In
addition, at September 30, 2021, $305.9 million, or 93.8% of our investment securities, are classified as available for sale
and reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive
income, which affects our reported equity. Accordingly, given the material size of the investment securities portfolio
classified as available for sale and due to possible mark-to-market adjustments of that portion of the portfolio resulting
from market conditions, we may experience greater volatility in the value of reported equity. Moreover, given that we
actively manage our investment securities portfolio classified as available for sale, we may sell securities which could
result in a realized loss, thereby reducing our net income.
42
While we intend to invest a greater proportion of our assets in loans with the goal of increasing our net interest
margin and net interest income, we may not be able to increase originations of loans that are acceptable to us.
Higher interest rates would hurt our profitability
Management is unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by many factors,
including inflation, recession, unemployment, monetary policy, domestic and international disorder and instability in
domestic and foreign financial markets, and investor and consumer demand. Our primary source of income is net interest
income, which is the difference between the interest income generated by our interest-earning assets (consisting primarily
of single-family residential loans) and the interest expense generated by our interest-bearing liabilities (consisting
primarily of deposits). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of our interest-earning
assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost
of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-
bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by such external factors as the local economy, competition for loans and
deposits, the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve Board (the “FOMC”), and
market interest rates. The FOMC lowered the federal funds rate to near zer percent in 2020. However, the FOMC has
indicated it expects to increase rates starting in 2022, three one quarter point increases.
A sustained increase in market interest rates could adversely affect our earnings. A significant portion of our
loans have fixed interest rates (or, if adjustable, are initially fixed for periods of five to 10 years) and longer terms than
our deposits and borrowings. Our net interest income could be adversely affected if the rates we pay on deposits and
borrowings increase more rapidly than the rates we earn on loans. As a result of our historical focus on the origination of
one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, which focus has been emphasized in recent years due to asset quality issues
experienced by our construction and land development lending activities, the majority of our loans have fixed interest
rates. In addition, a large percentage of our investment securities and mortgage-backed securities have fixed interest rates
and are classified as held to maturity. As is the case with many banks and savings institutions, our emphasis on increasing
the development of core deposits, those with no stated maturity date, has resulted in our interest-bearing liabilities having
a shorter duration than our assets. As of September 30, 2021, 18.9% of our loan portfolio had maturities of 10 years or
more. Furthermore, at such date, $326.7 million or 46.1% of the loans due after September 30, 2021 bear adjustable interest
rates. At September 30, 2021, 65.6% of our deposits had no stated maturity date and 25.7% consisted of certificates of
deposit with maturities of one year or less. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because interest rates
change over time and are currently at historical low levels. As interest rates increase, our cost of funds will increase more
rapidly than the yields on the bulk of our interest-earning assets. In addition, the market value of our fixed-rate assets for
example, our investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, would decline if interest rates increase. For example,
we estimate that as of September 30, 2021, a 200 basis point increase in interest rates would have resulted in our net
portfolio value declining by approximately $18.2 million or 1.2%. Net portfolio value is the difference between incoming
and outgoing discounted cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.
The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to market conditions outside of our control.
As of September 30, 2021, the fair value of our investment securities portfolio available for sale was
approximately $305.9 million. We have historically taken a conservative investment strategy, with concentrations of
securities that are backed by government sponsored enterprises. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the
fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These
factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with
respect to the underlying securities, and changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets.
Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized and/or unrealized losses
in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could have a material adverse effect on us. The
process for determining whether impairment of a security is other-than-temporary usually requires complex, subjective
judgments about the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in
order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.
43
Risks Related to Laws and Regulations
Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may
adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.
The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Department
and the FDIC. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may
engage and are intended primarily for the protection of insurance funds and the depositors and borrowers of the Bank
rather than for holders of our common stock. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and
enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and
determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax,
accounting, securities, insurance, monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by
which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial
reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy,
regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting
standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our
independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our
financial condition and results of our operations as could our interpretation of those changes.
The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affects the lending,
deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank
Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare
numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the
implementing rules and regulations. It will be some time before the full effect of the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations
thereunder can be assessed.
The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and
enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide
range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit
"unfair, deceptive or abusive" acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and
enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets continue
to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.
We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on
equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.
In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved a new rule that has substantially amended regulatory risk-
based capital rules. The final rule implements the regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (“Basel III”) and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were effective for us on
January 1, 2016, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios. The new minimum
capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital
ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from prior rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage
ratio of 4%. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to
be included for calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. Prudential Savings
elected to opt out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for
calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%. As
a result, the Banks minimum capital ratios are as follows: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to
risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer
requirement began being phased-in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and become fully phased in January
2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying
discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum
44
percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions. We are in compliance with these requirements
as of September 30, 2021.
The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on
equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with
such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel
III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our
holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items
included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in
management modifying its business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends
or repurchasing shares. Specifically, beginning in 2017, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends is limited if it does not have
the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may further limit our ability to pay dividends to
stockholders.
Federal Reserve Board policy could limit our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.
The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase
of shares of common stock by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only
out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent
with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. These regulatory policies could affect
our ability to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry Generally
We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business.
We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key
component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to
expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our current
market and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is
done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the
communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our
reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner
that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may
be materially adversely affected.
Strong competition within our market area could hurt our profits and slow growth.
We face intense competition in making loans, attracting deposits and hiring and retaining experienced employees.
This competition has made it more difficult for us to make new loans and attract deposits. Price competition for loans and
deposits sometimes results in us charging lower interest rates on our loans and paying higher interest rates on our deposits,
which reduces our net interest income. Competition also makes it more difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified
employees. Some of the institutions with which we compete have substantially greater resources and lending limits than
we have and may offer services that we do not provide. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of
legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services
industry. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area.
Our asset size may make it more difficult for us to compete.
Our asset size may make it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions that are larger and can more
easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal
source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits
and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments
is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products
45
and services as quickly as our competitors. Our lower earnings may also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries
and benefits. In addition, our smaller customer base may make it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income
from non-traditional banking activities. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by the
continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.
Our success depends on hiring and retaining certain key personnel.
Our performance largely depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. We rely on key personnel
to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation, as
well as operational functions such as regulatory compliance and information technology. The loss of key staff may
adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect our revenues.
In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could cause a decrease
in our net income. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to
retain and motivate our existing employees.
Risks Related to Operational Matters
If the Company fails to maintain an effective system of internal controls, it may not be able to accurately report
its financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential shareholders could lose confidence in the
Company’s financial reporting, which could harm its business and the trading price of its common stock.
The Company has established a process to document and evaluate its internal controls over financial reporting in
order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations, which
require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
In this regard, management has, among other things, dedicated internal resources and engaged outside consultants to (i)
assess and document the adequacy of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) take steps to improve control processes,
where appropriate, (iii) validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and (iv) implement a
continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Although the Company’s
management and audit committee believe that its system of internal controls is effective, the Company cannot be certain
that these measures will ensure that the Company implements and maintains adequate controls over its financial processes
and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in
their implementation, could harm the Company’s operating results or cause the Company to fail to meet its reporting
obligations. If the Company fails to correct any issues in the design or operating effectiveness of internal controls over
financial reporting, or fails to prevent fraud, current and potential shareholders could lose confidence in the Company’s
financial reporting, which could harm its business and the trading price of its common stock.
The Company is subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk,
and the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders.
The Company is exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance
risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, and unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors,
including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications
systems. Negative public opinion can result from its actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending
practices, corporate governance and acquisitions and from actions taken by government regulators and community
organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect its ability to attract and keep
customers and can expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action.
Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may
be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company’s necessary dependence
upon automated systems to record and process its transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical flaws or
employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. The Company also
may be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control
(for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service
to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be
46
unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their
respective employees as the Company is) and to the risk that its (or its vendors’) business continuity and data security
systems prove to be inadequate. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in a diminished ability of the Company
to operate its business, potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could adversely
affect its business, financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.
The Company relies on other companies to provide key components of its business infrastructure.
Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure, for example, system support and
network access. While the Company has selected these third party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any
problems caused by these third parties, including those resulting from their failure to provide services for any reason or
their poor performance of services, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to its
customers and otherwise conduct its business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and
expense.
The Company’s operations may be adversely affected by cyber security risks.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business
information and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees in systems and on networks. In some
cases, this confidential or proprietary information is collected compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties
on our behalf. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and our business
strategy. The Company has invested in accepted technologies, and continually reviews processes and practices that are
designed to protect our networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security
measures, the Company’s computer systems and infrastructure or those of third parties used by us to compile, process or
store such information may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance, or other
disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be accessed, damaged
or disclosed. A breach in security could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in operations, and damage
to the Company’s reputation, which could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to successfully compete may be reduced if we are unable to make technological advances.
The banking industry is experiencing rapid changes in technology. In addition to improving customer services,
effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. As a result, our future
success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology. We cannot assure you that
we will be able to effectively develop new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these
products to our customers. Many of our competitors have far greater resources than we have to invest in technology.
Risks Related to Accounting Matters
We expect that implementation of a new accounting standard could require us to increase our allowance for loan
losses and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has adopted a new accounting standard that will be
effective for the Bank for our fiscal year beginning on October 1, 2023. This standard, referred to as Current Expected
Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses
on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of
providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which we expect may require us to increase our allowance for loan
losses, and to greatly increase the data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the
allowance for loan losses. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses, or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate
level of the allowance for loan losses, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
47
If our intangible assets, including goodwill, are either partially or fully impaired in the future, it would decrease
earnings.
We are required to test our goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis
and more regularly if indicators of impairment exist. The impairment testing process considers a variety of factors,
including the current market price of our common stock, the estimated net present value of our assets and liabilities and
information concerning the terminal valuation of similar insured depository institutions. Future impairment testing may
result in a partial or full impairment of the value of our goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets, or both. If an
impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and the book value of these intangible assets
will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. However, the recording of such an impairment loss would have no
impact on the tangible book value of our shares of common stock or our regulatory capital levels.
Other Risks Related to our Business
We may be required to transition from the use of the LIBOR interest rate index in the future.
We have certain FHLB advances, brokered deposits, loans and investment securities indexed to LIBOR to
calculate the loan interest rate. The continued availability of the LIBOR index is not guaranteed after 2021. We cannot
predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR or
whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may
become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR (with the exception of overnight repurchase agreements, which are expected to
be based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR). The language in our LIBOR-based contracts and financial
instruments has developed over time and may have various events that trigger when a successor rate to the designated rate
would be selected. If a trigger is satisfied, contracts and financial instruments may give the calculation agent discretion
over the substitute index or indices for the calculation of interest rates to be selected. The implementation of a substitute
index or indices for the calculation of interest rates under our loan agreements with our borrowers may result in our
incurring significant expenses in effecting the transition, may result in reduced loan balances if borrowers do not accept
the substitute index or indices, and may result in disputes or litigation with customers over the appropriateness or
comparability to LIBOR of the substitute index or indices, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us.
We have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. We consider most of
the proceedings to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to
assess the outcome of these matters, and we may not prevail in any proceedings or litigation. There could be substantial
costs and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially
adverse effect on our business, reputation, or our financial condition and results of our operations.
Climate change may materially adversely affect the Company's business and results of operations.
Concerns over the long-term effects of climate change have led and will continue to lead to governmental efforts
around the world to mitigate those impacts. Consumers and businesses also may voluntarily change their behavior as a
result of these concerns. The Company and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as
consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. The Company and its customers may face
cost increases, asset value reductions and operating process changes. The impact on our customers will likely vary
depending on their specific attributes, including reliance on or role in carbon-intensive activities. Among the impacts to
the Company could be a drop in demand for our products and services, particularly in certain sectors. In addition, we could
face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. The Company’s
efforts to take these risks into account in making lending and other decisions, including by increasing our business with
climate-friendly companies, may not be effective in protecting the Company from the negative impact of new laws and
regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
48
Item 2. Properties
We currently conduct business from our main office and nine banking offices. On January 1, 2017, the Company
completed its acquisition of Polonia Bancorp and Polonia Bank, Polonia Bancorp’s wholly owned subsidiary. The
acquisition added five banking offices to our existing properties. The following table sets forth the net book value of the
land, building and leasehold improvements and certain other information with respect to our offices at September 30, 2021.
Net Book Value
Date of
of Property and
Lease
Leasehold
Amount of
Description/Address
Leased/Owned Expiration
Improvements
Deposits
(In Thousands)
Main Office
Owned
N/A
$
120
$
414,328
1834 West Oregon Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19145
Huntingdon Valley Executive Office
Owned
N/A
2,895
30,353
3993 Huntingdon Pike
Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006
Broad Street Financial Center
Owned
N/A
152
48,770
1722 South Broad Street
Philadelphia, PA 19145
Pennsport Financial Center
Owned
N/A
8
37,389
238A Moore Street
Philadelphia, PA 19148
Drexel Hill Financial Center
Leased
Oct-27
5
47,789
1270 Township Line Road
Drexel Hill, PA 19026
Center City Financial Center
Leased
Jan-26
31
15,268
1500 JFk Boulevard
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Alleghney Financial Center
Owned
N/A
769
49,078
2644-56 E Alleghney Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19134
Spring Garden Financial Center
Owned
N/A
1,357
36,532
2133-35 Spring Garden Street
Philadelphia, PA 19130
Richmond Financial Center
Owned
N/A
204
5,899
4800 Richmond Street
Philadelphia, PA 19137
Frankford Financial Center
Owned
N/A
381
26,109
8000 Frankford Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19136
Total
$
5,922
$
711,515
49
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
On March 31, 2016, Island View Properties, Inc. t/a Island View Crossing II and Renato J. Gualtieri (“Plaintiffs”)
filed a complaint against the Bank in the Court of Common Pleas of Philadelphia County (the “CCP Action”) asserting,
among other things, that the Bank breached various loan agreements and related agreements for a development known as
Island View Crossing. In its complaint, Plaintiffs seek the amount of $27 million. The Company filed objections to the
complaint seeking to dismiss significant portions of Plaintiffs’ claims. On August 31, 2016, the Court dismissed the
majority of the claims. After that order, the Company filed an answer denying Plaintiffs’ claims as well as a counterclaim
seeking damages for failure to pay the outstanding loans and not completing the project. Discovery was ongoing and a
trial was scheduled for October 2, 2017. On June 30, 2017, Plaintiff Island View Crossing II filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy
and on or about July 18, 2017, the Bank removed the CCP Action to bankruptcy court (the “Removed Action”).
Within the bankruptcy, Island View Crossing II, as the debtor and the Chapter 11 Trustee, filed a separate
adversary proceeding against the Bank seeking to avoid certain collateral mortgages made by Island View as well as
seeking to avoid certain loans made to Island View Crossing II including, but not limited to, a $1.4 million loan and a $5.5
million loan. The complaint was filed on or about December 3, 2018 and that action was ultimately consolidated with the
Removed Action.
The discovery phase of litigation has concluded. The parties have each filed motions for summary judgment with
the Court on multiple issues. In August 2021, the court denied the Trustee’s motion and granted, in part, the Bank’s motion.
The court has allowed for the production of expert witnesses and rebuttal reports by December 2021. A pretrial conference
with the Court is scheduled for mid-February 2022.
Given the stage of the case and pending motions, we are unable to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable
outcome at this time. The Bank, however, intends to vigorously defend against all claims.
Prudential Bancorp is involved in various legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business.
Management of the Company, based on discussions with litigation counsel, does not believe that such proceedings will
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of Prudential Bancorp. There can be no assurance
that any of the outstanding legal proceedings to which the Company is a party will not be decided adversely to the
Company's interests and have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and operations of the Company.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
(a) Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market (NASDAQ) under the symbol “PBIP”. At
December 1, 2021, there were approximately 396 registered shareholders of record, not including the number of persons
or entities whose stock is held in nominee or "street" name through various brokerage firms and banks.
50
The following table shows the quarterly high and low trading prices of our stock, reported on the NASDAQ Stock
Market, and the amount of cash dividends declared per share for each of the quarters in fiscal 2021 and 2020:
Cash
Stock Price
dividends
Quarter ended:
High
Low
per share
September 30, 2021
$
15.26 $
13.55 $
0.07
June 30, 2021
14.91
13.53
0.07
March 31, 2021
15.39
11.50
0.07
December 31, 2020
14.27
10.42
0.07
Cash
Stock Price
dividends
Quarter ended :
High
Low
per share
September 30, 2020
$
12.66 $
9.53 $
0.07
June 30, 2020
14.29
9.90
0.07
March 31, 2020
18.58
10.26
0.50
December 31, 2019
18.59
16.51
0.07
(b)
Not applicable
(c)
The Company’s repurchases of equity shares for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021 were as follows:
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Maximum Number
Total
Publicly
of Shares that May
Number of
Average
Announced
Yet Be Purchased
Shares
Price Paid
Plans or
Under Plans or
Period
Purchased
Per Share
Programs (1)
Programs (1)
July 1 - 31, 2021
49,687
$ 13.87
49,687
785,643
August 1 - 31, 2021
27,885
13.77
27,885
757,758
September 1 - 30, 2021
—
—
—
757,758
77,572
$ 13.84
77,572
(1) On June 18, 2020, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had approved a fourth stock repurchase
program authorizing the Company to repurchase up to 407,000 shares of common stock, approximately 5% of the
Company’s then outstanding shares. On January 21, 2021, the Company announced the adoption of the Company’s
fifth stock repurchase program (“Fifth Program”). The Fifth Program will cover 390,000 shares of common stock or
approximately 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares (taking into account the completion of the fourth
stock repurchase program announced in June 2020 covering 407,000 shares).
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
At September 30, 2021, we had total assets of $1.1 billion, including total net loans of $618.2 million, aggregate
investment and mortgage-backed securities of $326.0 million (both available for sale and held to maturity), total deposits
of $711.5 million, total borrowings of $232.0 million and total stockholders’ equity of $130.5 million.
The Company conducts community banking activities by accepting deposits and making loans secured by
properties located primarily in our market area. Our lending products consist of residential mortgage loans, including loans
51
for sale in the secondary market, along with commercial real estate, multi-family residential and construction loans. The
Company also originates commercial business and consumer loans in an effort to maintain strong customer relationships.
The worldwide COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant volatility and disruption in the financial markets both
in the United States and globally. We are working with both residential and commercial borrowers to help them meet the
unexpected financial challenges stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic and will continue to do so.
Despite the challenging current market and economic conditions, the Company continues to maintain capital
substantially in excess of regulatory requirements. Furthermore, most of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature;
therefore the current levels of increased inflation, which affect the Company’s cost of operations, are less important than
the impact of interest rate shifts on our financial performance.
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis section is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition
and results of operations of Prudential Bancorp. The results of operations of Prudential Bancorp are primarily dependent
on the results of the Bank. The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
In reviewing and understanding financial information for Prudential Bancorp, you are encouraged to read and
understand the significant accounting policies used in preparing our financial statements. These policies are described in
Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 hereof. The accounting and financial
reporting policies of Prudential Bancorp conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America (“U.S. GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry. Accordingly, the financial statements
require certain estimates, judgments and assumptions, which are believed to be reasonable, based upon the information
available. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as contingent assets
and contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during
the periods presented. The following accounting policies comprise those that management believes are the most critical to
aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. These policies require numerous estimates or
economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or may be subject to variations which may significantly affect our
reported results and financial condition for the period or in future periods. Further, subsequent changes in economic or
market conditions could have a material impact on these estimates and our financial condition and operating results in
future periods. There have been no significant changes in our application of accounting policies since September 30, 2020.
For additional information concerning critical accounting policies, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements contained in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." and the discussion below.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses
charged to expense. Losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the
collectability in full of the principal of a loan is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. The allowance
for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for estimated losses and impairments
based upon an evaluation of known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to
estimate. Loan impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of collateral or estimated net realizable value. It is the
policy of management to provide for losses on unidentified loans in its portfolio in addition to criticized and classified
loans.
Management monitors its allowance for loan losses at least quarterly and makes adjustments to the allowance
through the provision for loan losses as economic conditions and other pertinent factors indicate. The quarterly review and
adjustment of the qualitative factors employed in the allowance methodology and the updating of historic loss experience
allow for timely reaction to emerging conditions and trends. In this context, a series of qualitative factors are used in a
methodology as a measurement of how current circumstances are affecting the loan portfolio. Included in these qualitative
factors are:
Levels of past due, classified, criticized and non-accrual loans, TDRs and loan modifications;
52
Nature and volume of loans;
Changes in lending policies and procedures, underwriting standards, collections, charge-offs and recoveries
and for commercial loans, the level of loans being approved with exceptions to lending policy;
Experience, ability and depth of management and staff;
National and local economic and business conditions, including various market segments, especially in light
of the continuing COVID-19 pandemic on both the national and local economies;
Quality of the Company’s loan review system and degree of Board oversight;
Concentrations of credit and changes in levels of such concentrations; and
Effect of external factors on the level of estimated credit losses in the current portfolio.
In determining the allowance for loan losses, management has established both specific and general pooled
allowances. Values assigned to the qualitative factors and those developed from historic loss experience provide a dynamic
basis for the calculation of reserve factors for both pass-rated loans (general pooled allowance) and for criticized and
classified loans. The amount of the specific allowance is determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of certain large dollar
commercial real estate loans. Loans not individually reviewed are evaluated as a group using reserve factor percentages
based on historical loss experience and the qualitative factors described above. In determining the appropriate level of the
general pooled allowance, management makes estimates based on internal risk ratings, which take into account such factors
as debt service coverage, loan-to-value ratios and external factors. Estimates are periodically measured against actual loss
experience.
This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including, among others, exposure at
default, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated losses on
our commercial, construction and residential loan portfolios and historical loss experience. All of these estimates may be
susceptible to significant change. While management analyzed its allowance in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, such
analysis will need to be continually refined and reviewed in light of the ongoing nature of the effects of the COVID-19
pandemic.
While management uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to
the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance.
In addition, the Department and the FDIC, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our
allowance for loan losses. The Department and the FDIC may require the recognition of adjustments to the allowance for
loan losses based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations. To the extent that
actual outcomes differ from management’s estimates, additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses may be
required that would adversely affect earnings in future periods.
Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities Available for Sale. Where quoted prices are available in an active
market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, then
fair values are estimated using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows and are
classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency
around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, although there were no
securities with that classification as of September 30, 2021 or 2020.
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more
frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, management
is taking into account the effects the pandemic may have on securities and their impairment. The Company determines
whether the unrealized losses are temporary or are considered other than temporary. The Company determines whether
the unrealized losses are temporary in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The evaluation is based upon factors such as the
creditworthiness of the issuers/guarantors, the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the continuing performance of the
53
securities. In addition, the Company also considers the likelihood that the security will be required to be sold by a
regulatory agency, our internal intent not to dispose of the security prior to maturity and whether the entire cost basis of
the security is expected to be recovered. In determining whether the cost basis will be recovered, management evaluates
other facts and circumstances that may be indicative of an other-than-temporary impairment condition. This includes, but
is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than
cost, and near-term prospects of the issuer.
In addition, certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not
measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example,
when there is evidence of impairment). The Company measures impaired loans and loans transferred into real estate owned
at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
Valuation techniques and models utilized for measuring financial assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated
by the Company at least quarterly.
Derivatives. The Company uses interest rate swaps and caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy.
Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the payment of either fixed or variable-rate amounts in exchange
for the receipt of variable or fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty, respectively. The Company uses interest rate swaps
to manage its exposure to changes in fair value. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of
variable-rate payments from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the
agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.
Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company records
deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management exercises
significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities.
The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in business factors and the tax
laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating the amount and timing of
tax recognized, there can be no assurance that additional expenses will not be required in future periods.
In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence,
including our past operating results and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, we
make assumptions for the amount of taxable income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of
feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require us to make judgments about our future taxable
income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage our business. Any reduction in estimated future
taxable income may require us to record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. An increase in
the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense in the period and could have a significant impact
on our future earnings.
U.S. GAAP prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement
benefit is recognized. The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax
benefits in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated income statement. Assessment of uncertain tax positions
requires careful consideration of the technical merits of a position based on management's analysis of tax regulations and
interpretations. Significant judgment may be involved in the assessment of the tax position.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Information regarding recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 to the audited consolidated
financial statements set forth in Item 8 hereto.
54
Selected Financial Data
Set forth below is selected financial and other data of Prudential Bancorp. Reference is made to the consolidated
financial statements and related notes contained in Item 8 which provide additional information.
At September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
(Dollars in Thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total assets
$ 1,100,468
1,223,353
$ 1,289,434
$ 1,081,170
$ 899,540
Cash and cash equivalents
82,698
117,081
47,968
48,171
27,903
Investment and mortgage-backed securities:
Held-to-maturity
20,074
22,860
68,635
59,852
61,284
Available-for-sale
305,969
420,415
512,822
306,187
178,402
Loans receivable, net
618,206
588,300
585,456
602,932
571,343
Deposits
711,515
770,949
745,444
784,258
635,982
FHLB advances
232,025
285,254
376,904
154,683
114,318
Non-performing loans
8,379
13,037
13,936
13,389
15,397
Non-performing assets
12,488
13,037
14,284
14,415
15,589
Total stockholders’ equity, substantially restricted
130,456
129,117
139,611
128,409
136,179
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
(Dollars in Thousands, except Per Share Data)
Selected Operating Data:
Total interest income
$ 38,037
$ 42,227
$ 44,040
$ 34,851
$ 26,343
Total interest expense
14,798
19,425
19,289
10,137
5,266
Net interest income
23,239
22,802
24,751
24,714
21,077
Provision for loan losses
200
3,025
100
810
2,990
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
23,039
19,777
24,651
23,904
18,087
Total non-interest income
3,639
8,103
3,094
2,500
2,198
Total non-interest expense
17,629
16,725
16,270
15,639
16,566
Income before income taxes
9,049
11,155
11,475
10,765
3,719
Income tax expense
1,269
1,600
1,945
3,701
941
Net income
$ 7,780
$
9,555
$
9,530
$
7,064
$
2,778
Basic earnings per share
$
0.98
$
1.12
$
1.09
$
0.80
$
0.33
Diluted earnings per share
$
0.98
$
1.12
$
1.07
$
0.78
$
0.32
Dividends paid per common share
$
0.28
$
0.71
$
0.65
$
0.70
$
0.12
Selected Operating Ratios(1):
Average yield earned on interest-earning assets
3.49 %
3.54 %
3.92 %
3.77 %
3.65 %
Average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities
1.53
1.79
1.91
1.23
0.82
Average interest rate spread(2)
1.97
1.75
2.01
2.55
2.83
Net interest margin(2)
2.13
1.92
2.20
2.68
2.92
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-
bearing liabilities
112.38
109.69
111.46
111.81
111.83
Net interest income after provision for loan losses to
non-interest expense
130.69
118.25
151.51
152.85
109.18
Total non-interest expense to total average assets
1.52
1.33
1.38
1.60
2.10
Efficiency ratio(3)
65.59
54.12
58.43
57.47
71.18
Return on average assets
0.67
0.79
0.81
0.72
0.35
Return on average equity
5.93
6.88
7.06
5.45
2.16
Average equity to average total assets
11.35
11.04
11.47
13.28
16.31
(Footnotes on next page)
55
At or For the Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Asset Quality Ratios(4):
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans
receivable(5)
1.36 %
2.22 %
2.38 %
2.22 %
2.69 %
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets(5)
1.13
1.07
1.11
1.33
1.73
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing
loans
101.65
63.68
38.70
38.59
29.01
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans
1.36
1.39
0.91
0.85
0.78
Net charge-offs to average loans receivable
0.00
0.02
(0.02)
0.02
0.37
Capital Ratios(4) (6):
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Company
11.48 %
10.34 %
10.89 %
12.51 %
14.81 %
Bank
11.30
10.51
10.49
11.86
13.59
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
Company
16.70
17.21
18.43
19.74
23.94
Bank
16.37
16.88
18.10
18.73
21.97
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
Company
16.70
17.21
18.43
19.74
23.94
Bank
16.37
16.88
18.10
18.73
21.97
Total risk-based capital ratio
Company
17.85
18.41
19.27
20.58
24.83
Bank
17.55
18.08
18.94
19.56
22.86
(1) With the exception of end of period ratios, all ratios are based on average monthly balances during the indicated
periods.
(2) Average interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and
the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage
of average interest-earning assets.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents the ratio of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-
interest income.
(4) Asset quality ratios and capital ratios are end of period ratios, except for net charge-offs to average loans receivable.
(5) Non-performing assets generally consist of all loans on non-accrual, loans which are 90 days or more past due as to
principal or interest, and real estate acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Non-
performing assets and non-performing loans also include loans classified as TDRs due to being recently restructured
and placed on non-accrual in connection with such restructuring. The TDRs in most cases are performing in
accordance with their restructured terms. It is the Company’s policy to cease accruing interest on all loans which are
90 days or more past due as to interest and/or principal.
(6) The Company is not subject to the regulatory capital ratios imposed by Basel III on bank holding companies because
the Company is deemed to be a small bank holding company.
56
Average Balances, Net Interest Income, and Yields Earned and Rates Paid. The following table shows for the
periods indicated the total dollar amount of interest from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well
as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest
margin. All average balances are based on monthly balances. Management does not believe that the monthly averages
differ significantly from what the daily averages would be.
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
Average
Average
Average
Average
Yield/
Average
Yield/
Average
Yield/
Balance
Interest Rate
Balance
Interest Rate
Balance
Interest Rate
(Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Investment securities (1)
$
201,571
$ 6,816
3.38 % $
224,716
$ 6,942
3.09 % $
191,214
$ 6,822
3.57 %
Mortgage-backed securities
184,848
5,445
2.95 %
318,069
9,198
2.89 %
300,318
9,561
3.18 %
Loans receivable (2)
613,956
25,661
4.18 %
583,367
25,140
4.31 %
587,102
26,736
4.55 %
Other interest-earning assets
88,992
115
0.13 %
62,509
947
1.51 %
45,895
921
2.01 %
Total interest-earning assets
1,089,367
38,037
3.49 % 1,188,661
42,227
3.54 % 1,124,529
44,040
3.92 %
Non-interest-earning assets
66,718
69,492
51,811
Total assets
$ 1,156,085
$ 1,258,153
$ 1,176,340
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings accounts
$
62,847
$
10
0.01 % $
83,757
$
38
0.05 % $
88,049
$
124
0.14 %
Checking and money market
accounts
370,245
3,580
0.97 %
245,421
2,045
0.83 %
125,148
899
0.72 %
Certificate accounts
277,314
4,687
1.69 %
413,308
8,819
2.13 %
555,004
12,137
2.19 %
Total interest bearing deposits
710,406
8,277
1.17 %
742,486
10,902
1.47 %
768,201
13,160
1.71 %
FHLB advances
258,990
6,521
2.52 %
341,154
8,523
2.50 %
240,739
6,130
2.55 %
Total interest-bearing
liabilities
969,396
14,798
1.53 % 1,083,640
19,425
1.79 % 1,008,940
19,290
1.91 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
55,498
35,665
32,443
Total liabilities
1,024,894
1,119,305
1,041,383
Stockholders' equity
131,191
138,848
134,957
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity
$ 1,156,085
$ 1,258,153
$ 1,176,340
Net interest-earning assets
$
119,971
$
105,021
$
115,589
Net interest income, interest
rate spread
$ 23,239
1.97
$ 22,802
1.75 %
$ 24,750
2.00 %
Net interest margin (3)
2.13 %
1.92 %
2.20 %
Average interest-earning assets
to average interest-bearing
liabilities
112.38 %
109.69 %
111.46 %
(1) Tax-exempt yields have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.
(2) Includes nonaccrual loans during the respective periods. Calculated net of deferred fees and discounts, loans in process
and the allowance for loan losses.
(3) Equals net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
57
Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table shows the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in
the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and expense during the
periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on
changes attributable to (1) changes in rate, which is the change in rate multiplied by prior year volume, and (2) changes in
volume, which is the change in volume multiplied by prior year rate. The combined effect of changes in both rate and
volume has been allocated proportionately to the change due to rate and the change due to volume.
2021 vs. 2020
2020 vs. 2019
Increase (Decrease) Due to
Increase (Decrease) Due to
Total
Total
Rate/
Increase
Rate/
Increase
Rate
Volume
Volume
(Decrease)
Rate
Volume
Volume (Decrease)
(In Thousands)
Interest income:
Investment securities
$
657
$
(715) $
(68)
$
(126) $
(915) $ 1,195
$ (160) $
120
Mortgage-backed securities
171
(3,853)
(72)
(3,753)
(880)
565
(48)
(363)
Loans receivable, net
(758)
1,318
(40)
521
(1,421)
(170)
(5)
(1,596)
Other interest-earning assets
(866)
401
(367)
(832)
(228)
334
(80)
26
Total interest income
(796)
(2,849)
(547)
(4,190)
(3,444)
1,924
(293)
(1,813)
Interest expense:
Savings accounts
(24)
(8)
4
(28)
(85)
(7)
5
(87)
Checking and money market
accounts (interest-bearing and
non-interest bearing)
328
1,040
165
1,535
146
862
138
1,146
Certificate accounts
(1,834)
(2,902)
603
(4,132)
(294)
(3,099)
75
(3,318)
Total deposits
(1,530)
(1,870)
772
(2,625)
(233)
(2,244)
218
(2,259)
FHLB advances
67
(2,053)
(16)
(2,002)
(116)
2,557
(47)
2,394
Total interest expense
(1,463)
(3,923)
756
(4,627)
(349)
313
171
135
Increase (decrease) in net interest
income
$
667
$ 1,074
$ (1,303) $
437
$ (3,095) $ 1,611
$ (464) $ (1,948)
Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020
The Company had total assets of $1.1 billion at September 30, 2021 compared to $1.2 billion at September 30,
2020. At September 30, 2021, the investment portfolio had decreased by $117.2 million to $326.0 million as compared to
$443.2 million at September 30, 2020 primarily as a result of investment securities sales, calls and paydowns of amortizing
mortgage-backed securities. Partially offsetting the decrease, net loans receivable increased by $29.9 million to $618.2
million at September 30, 2021 from $588.3 million at September 30, 2020 due primarily to the continued efforts to expand
our commercial real estate and commercial business portfolio. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $35.4 million to
$82.7 million at September 30, 2021 compared to $117.1 million at September 30, 2020.
Total liabilities decreased by $124.2 million to $970.0 million at September 30, 2021 as compared to September
30, 2020 due primarily to a $59.4 million decrease in deposits and a $53.2 million decrease in FHLB borrowings. We have
consciously allowed higher costing FHLB borrowings and certificates of deposit to run off at maturity as part of our efforts
to both reduce our cost of funds as well as improve our net interest margin.
Total stockholders’ equity increased by $1.3 million to $130.5 million at September 30, 2021 from $129.1 million
at September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to net income of $7.8 million recognized during the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2021. Also contributing to the increase was an after tax $5.3 million increase in the fair value of
interest rate swap arrangements. These increases were largely offset by the cost of net stock repurchases totaling $5.0
million, an after tax decrease in fair value of investment securities available for sale of $4.5 million and dividend payments
totaling $2.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
.
58
Results of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019
General.
2021 vs. 2020. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized net income of $7.8 million,
or $0.98 per diluted share, as compared to net income of $9.6 million, or $1.12 per diluted share, for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized net income of $9.6 million,
or $1.12 per diluted share, as compared to net income of $9.5 million, or $1.07 per diluted share, for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2019.
Net Interest Income.
2021 vs. 2020. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, net interest income was $23.2 million as compared
to $22.8 million for fiscal 2020. The increase was due to a $4.6 million, or 23.8%, decrease in interest paid on deposits
and borrowings. This was largely offset by a decrease of $4.2 million, or 9.9%, in interest income. The weighted average
cost of borrowings and deposits decreased to 1.53% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 from 1.79% for fiscal
2020 primarily due to decreases in market rates of interest. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to the
decrease in the weighted average balance of interest-earning assets of $99.3 million and to a lesser extent by the 5 basis
point decline to 3.49% in the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets. The decrease in the average
balance of interest-earning assets was primarily due to paydowns in the investment portfolio, primarily mortgage-backed
securities.
2020 vs. 2019. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, net interest income was $22.8 million as compared
to $24.8 million for fiscal 2019. The decrease primarily was due to a decrease of $1.6 million, or 6.0%, in interest on loans
combined with a $136,000 or 0.7% increase in interest expense. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets
decreased by 38 basis points, to 3.54%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 from 3.92% for fiscal 2019 primarily
due to the reduction in market yields of interest which created downward pressure on our yields in all interest-earning
asset categories, in particular commercial real estate and construction loans which generally bear adjustable rates. The
increase in interest expense was due to a $74.7 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities used
to fund growth during fiscal 2020. The weighted average cost of borrowings and deposits decreased by 12 basis points to
1.79% for fiscal 2020 from 1.91% for fiscal 2019.
Provision for Loan Losses.
2021 vs. 2020. The Company recorded provisions for loan losses of $200,000 for the fiscal year ended September
30, 2021, compared to a $3.0 million provision for loan losses for fiscal 2020, as the $3.0 million provision expense
incurred in fiscal 2020, combined with minimal charge-offs, was deemed sufficient to maintain the allowance at a level
sufficient to cover all inherent and probable losses in the current portfolio prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. During
the fiscal year ending September 30, 2021, the Company recorded one charge off of $40,000 while during the same periods
the Company recorded recoveries aggregating $54,000. During the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020, the Company
recorded charge offs of $145,000. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded recoveries
aggregating $30,000. Although our COVID-19 loan deferrals were as high as $149.7 million during portions of fiscal
2020, all existing deferrals had ended by September 30, 2020. All of the loans which had been on deferral were current as
of September 30, 2021.
The allowance for loan losses totaled $8.5 million, or 1.4% of total loans, and 101.6% of total non-performing
loans at September 30, 2021 (which included loans acquired at their fair value as a result of the acquisition of Polonia
Bancorp as of January 1, 2017) as compared to $8.3 million, or 1.4% of total loans and 63.7% of total non-performing
loans at September 30, 2020. The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2021 was sufficient
to cover all inherent and known losses associated with the loan portfolio at such date.
59
2020 vs. 2019. The Company recorded provisions for loan losses of $3.0 million for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2020, compared to a $100,000 provision for loan losses for fiscal 2019, primarily due to the continued
uncertainty associated with the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, especially in light of the increasing level of
cases of COVID-19 in 2020, and the potential credit deterioration caused thereby. Minimal delinquencies had occurred as
of September 30, 2020 due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. There were no loan deferments outstanding as of
September 30, 2020 and all existing deferrals had ended by September 30, 2020 compared to loans on deferral totaling
$149.7 million, or 21.6% of total loans at June 30, 2020. Two participation interests in commercial real estate loans
aggregating $10.0 million, or 1.5% of total loans, each entered into a subsequent deferral period during October 2020.
These deferments were not considered to be TDRs as of September 30, 2020 as all applicable borrowers were current as
of December 31, 2019 and the request for the deferments were related to the current economic conditions caused by the
COVID-19 pandemic, and not by underlying weaknesses within the respective loans. During the fiscal year ending
September 30, 2020, the Company recorded charge offs of $145,000 and recoveries aggregating $30,000. During the
fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Company recorded two charge offs amounting to $38,000. Recoveries of
$166,000 were recognized during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019.
The allowance for loan losses totaled $8.3 million, or 1.4% of total loans and 63.7% of total non-performing loans
at September 30, 2020 as compared to $5.4 million, or 0.9% of total loans and 38.7% of total non-performing loans at
September 30, 2019.
Non-interest Income.
2021 vs. 2020. With respect to the year ended September 30, 2021, non-interest income amounted to $3.6 million
compared with $8.1 million for fiscal 2020. The higher level of non-interest income experienced in fiscal 2020 was
primarily attributable to the aggregate $6.0 million of gains on sale of investment securities compared to $1.6 million for
fiscal 2021 reflecting the sale in fiscal 2020 of $142.1 million of investment securities.
2020 vs. 2019. With respect to the year ended September 30, 2020, non-interest income amounted to $8.1 million
compared with $3.1 million for fiscal 2019. The increase experienced in the 2020 period was primarily attributable to the
gain on sale of investment securities totaling $6.0 million compared to gains of totaling $1.1 million during fiscal 2020.
The investment securities sales were consummated in fiscal 2020 to recognize gains in the portfolio in order to take
advantage of the historically low interest rate environment which resulted in significant appreciation in the fair value of
such investments.
Non-interest Expense.
2021 vs. 2020. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, non-interest expense increased $904,000 to $17.6
million, compared to $16.7 million in fiscal 2020. The increase was due in large part to the hiring of additional personnel
in our lending operations to support the continued expansion of our lending activities.
2020 vs. 2019. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, non-interest expense increased $660,000 to $16.7
million, compared to $16.1 million in fiscal 2019. The increase was due in large part to the hiring of additional personnel
in our lending operations to support our expanded lending activities. Partially offsetting this increase for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 2020 was a decrease in occupancy and advertising expense as the Company maintained its focus on
the continued implementation of operating efficiencies. The efficiency ratio for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020
improved to 54.1% from 58.4% for fiscal 2020.
Income Tax Expense.
2021 vs. 2020. For the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company recorded income tax expense of $1.3 million,
compared to $1.6 million for fiscal 2020. The reduction in income tax expense in fiscal 2021 was primarily due to the
corresponding reduction in pre-tax income during the 2021 period.
60
2020 vs. 2019. For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded income tax expense of $1.6 million,
compared to $2.2 million for fiscal 2019. The reduction in income tax expense in fiscal 2020 was primarily due to tax
benefits recognized as a result of stock compensation plans.
COVID-19 Related Information
As noted above, in response to the current situation surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company is
providing assistance to its customers in a variety of ways. The Company participated in the PPP loan program offered
under the CARES Act as a Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lender. During the quarter ended June 30, 2020, we
had originated 63 requests for PPP loans totaling approximately $5.1 million. These loans were sold during the quarter
ended September 30, 2020 at a net gain of $111,000. No additional PPP loans were originated during the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2020. We continue to work closely with our loan customers to effectively manage our portfolio through the
ongoing uncertainty surrounding the duration, impact and government response to the crisis.
The primary method of relief to address COVID-19 related issues was to allow the borrower to defer their loan
payments for three months (and extending the term of the loan accordingly). The CARES Act and regulatory guidelines
suspend temporarily the determination of certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic from being treated
as TDRs. See “Business Lending Activities - Asset Quality” above”.
While the Company’s banking operations were not restricted by the government stay-at-home orders, the
Company took steps to protect its employees and customers by providing for remote working for many employees,
enhancing cleaning procedures for the Company’s offices, in particular its branch offices, requiring face masks to be worn
by employees and maintaining appropriate social distancing in our offices. The Company continues to assess and monitor
the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and will take additional such steps as are necessary to protect its employees and assist
its depositor and borrower customers during this difficult time.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
Liquidity is the ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet other obligations on
a timely and cost-effective basis in various market conditions. The ability of the Company to meet its current financial
obligations is a function of balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets and the availability of alternative sources
of funds. To meet the needs of the clients and manage the risk of the Company, the Company engages in liquidity planning
and management.
Our primary sources of funds are from deposits, scheduled principal and interest payments on loans, loan
prepayments and the maturity of loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investments, and other funds provided from
operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing
investment securities are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments can be greatly
influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. We also maintain excess funds in short-term,
interest-bearing assets that provide additional liquidity. At September 30, 2021, our cash and cash equivalents amounted
to $82.7 million. In addition, our available-for-sale investment and mortgage-backed securities amounted to an aggregate
of $306.0 million at September 30, 2021.
We use our liquidity to fund existing and future loan commitments, to fund maturing certificates of deposit and
demand deposit withdrawals, to invest in other interest-earning assets, and to meet operating expenses. At September 30,
2021, we had certificates of deposit maturing within the next 12 months amounting to $182.7 million. We anticipate that
a significant portion of the maturing certificates of deposit will be redeposited with us unless we determine to lower rates
to below those of our competition in order to facilitate the reduction of higher cost deposits during periods when there is
excess cash on hand or in order to satisfy our asset/liability goals. There were no deposits as of September 30, 2021
requiring the pledging of collateral.
61
In addition to cash flows from loan and securities payments and prepayments as well as from sales of available
for sale securities, we have significant borrowing capacity available to fund liquidity requirements should the need arise.
As of September 30, 2021, the Bank had $101.7 million of available borrowing capacity from the FHLB of Pittsburgh
along with a line of credit that has been established with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia and a $12.5 million
line of credit with Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (“ACBB”)(neither one which was drawn against in fiscal 2021). In
addition, the Bank has the ability to generate brokered certificates of deposit (and has used such deposits on occasion,
including in fiscal 2021).
Derivatives
Derivatives. To remain competitive in our local lending area and to support the Company’s asset/liability
positioning, on occasion the Bank enters into interest rate swap contracts to control its funding costs. Derivative financial
instruments include futures, forwards, interest rate swaps, option contracts, and other financial instruments with similar
characteristics. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the
amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Commitments to extend credit generally have
fixed expiration dates and may require additional collateral from the borrower if deemed necessary. Commitments to
extend credit are not recorded as an asset or liability by us until the instrument is exercised.
Commitments
The following table summarizes our outstanding commitments to originate loans and to advance additional
amounts pursuant to outstanding letters of credit, lines of credit and undisbursed construction loans at September 30, 2021.
Total
Amount of Commitment Expiration - Per Period
Amounts
Less than
1-3
3-5
After 5
Committed
1 Year
Years
Years
Years
(In Thousands)
Letters of credit
$
1,162
$
1,162
$
—
$
—
$
—
Lines of credit
68,081
24,752
35,724
652
6,953
Undisbursed portions of loans in process
80,619
33,504
47,115
—
—
Commitments to originate loans
34,931
34,931
—
—
—
Total commitments
$ 184,793
$ 94,349
$ 82,839
$
652
$
6,953
Contractual Cash Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at September 30, 2021.
Less than
1-3
3-5
After 5
Total
1 Year
Years
Years
Years
(In Thousands)
Certificates of deposit
$ 244,877
$ 182,720
$
53,245
$
8,912
$
—
Advances from FHLB
232,025
65,477
166,548
—
—
Total long-term debt
476,902
248,197
219,793
8,912
—
Short-term borrowings, FHLB
—
—
—
—
—
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
1,698
1,698
—
—
—
Operating lease obligations
1,297
213
436
357
291
Total contractual obligations
$ 479,897
$ 250,108
$ 220,229
$
9,269
$
291
Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing
activities, and financing activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.0 million and $22.3 million for the
years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The $5.0 million of net cash provided in fiscal 2021 was primarily
due to net income of $7.8 million combined with $6.5 million of proceeds from the sales of loans, partially offset by the
effects of other operating activities including $6.4 million of loans originated for sale. Net cash provided by investing
activities, which consist primarily of disbursements for loan originations and purchases and the purchase of investment
and mortgage-backed securities, offset by principal collections on loans and proceeds from maturing investment and
62
mortgage-backed securities and from the sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities, was $81.9 million for the
year ended September 30, 2021, primarily due to the purchase or origination of $280.3 million of loans, offset in part by
$246.8 million of principal collections on loans combined with purchases of investment and mortgage-backed securities
aggregating $56.9 million, offset by maturities, pre-payments, proceeds from sales and calls of investment and mortgage-
backed securities totaling of $169.0 million. By comparison, net cash provided by investing activities was $129.3 million
for the year ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to proceeds from the sale of investment and mortgage-backed
securities totaling $142.1 million as compared to $26.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2021. Net cash used in
financing activities was $121.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2021 primarily due to a decrease in deposits of
$59.4 million combined with a $53.2 million decrease in borrowings from the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Net cash provided by
financing activities was $82.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to the repayment of $91.6
million in FHLB advances, partially offset by an increase in deposits of $25.5 million. In both fiscal periods, the Bank
made a concerted effort to reduce the level of certificates of deposit which are generally higher costing than demand
deposits, NOW accounts and savings accounts
The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity and pay its own
operating expenses. Sources of capital and liquidity for the Company include distributions from the Bank and the issuance
of debt or equity securities. At September 30, 2021, the Company (on an unconsolidated basis) had liquid assets of
$854,000.We anticipate that we will continue to have sufficient funds and alternative funding sources to meet our current
commitments for at least the next 12 months.
Capital Resources
At September 30, 2021, the Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital
level of $123.8 million, or 11.5% of adjusted total assets, which is above the well-capitalized required level of $54.8
million, or 5.0%; and total risk-based capital of $132.7 million, or 17.6% of risk-weighted assets, which is above the well-
capitalized required level of $75.6 million, or 10.0%. Management is not aware of any conditions or events that would
change our category. The Company is not subject to regulatory capital requirements imposed by Basel III on bank holding
companies because it is deemed to be a small bank holding company.
Exposure to Changes in Interest Rates
Gap Analysis. The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such
assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period.
The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or
repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same
time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest
rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the
amount of interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to affect adversely
net interest income while a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. Conversely, during a
period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income while a positive
gap would tend to affect adversely net interest income.
The table on the next page sets forth the amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities
outstanding at September 30, 2021, which we expect, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the
future time periods shown (the “GAP Table”). Except as stated below, the amounts of assets and liabilities shown which
reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the
contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and
liabilities at September 30, 2021, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled rate
adjustments within a three-month period and subsequent selected time intervals. The loan amounts in the table reflect
principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and anticipated
prepayments of adjustable-rate loans and fixed-rate loans, and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate
loans. Annual prepayment rates for adjustable-rate and fixed-rate single-family and multi-family residential and
commercial mortgage loans are assumed to range from 11.9% to 27.9%. The annual prepayment rate for mortgage-backed
securities is assumed to range from 0.5% to 24.4%. Money market deposit accounts, savings accounts and interest-bearing
63
checking accounts are assumed to have annual rates of withdrawal, or “decay rates,” based on information from an internal
analysis of our accounts up to a maximum of ten years.
More than
More than
More than
3 Months
3 Months
1 Year
3 Years
More than
Total
or Less
to 1 Year to 3 Years to 5 Years
5 Years
Amount
(Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets(1):
Investment and mortgage-backed securities
$ 18,752
$
28,121
$
52,039
$
78,427
$ 140,964
$
318,303
Loans receivable(2)
159,903
115,346
169,928
93,013
88,813
627,003
Other interest-earning assets (3)
90,556
249
747
110
—
91,662
Total interest-earning assets
$ 269,211
$ 143,716
$ 222,714
$ 171,550
$ 229,777
$ 1,036,968
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings accounts
$
2,964
$
8,902
$ 113,092
$
10,999
$
94,032
$
229,989
Checking and money market accounts
7,480
22,428
51,992
29,830
87,510
199,240
Certificate accounts
30,225
77,502
128,247
8,903
—
244,877
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
24,197
43,108
164,720
—
—
232,025
Real estate tax escrow accounts
1,698
—
—
—
—
1,698
Total interest-bearing liabilities
$ 66,564
$ 151,940
$ 458,051
$
49,732
$ 181,542
$
907,829
Interest-earning assets less interest-bearing liabilities
$ 202,647
$
(8,224)
$ (235,337)
$ 121,818
$
48,235
$
129,139
Cumulative interest-rate sensitivity gap(4)
$ 202,647
$ 194,423
$ (40,914)
$
80,904
$ 129,139
Cumulative interest-rate gap as a percentage of total assets at
September 30, 2021
16.56 %
15.89 %
(3.34)%
6.61 %
10.56 %
Cumulative interest-earning assets as a percentage of
cumulative interest-bearing liabilities at September 30, 2021
404.44 %
188.98 %
93.95 %
111.14 %
114.23 %
(1) Interest-earning assets are included in the period in which the balances are expected to be redeployed and/or repriced
as a result of anticipated prepayments, scheduled rate adjustments and contractual maturities.
(2) For purposes of the gap analysis, loans receivable includes non-performing loans, gross of the allowance for loan
losses and unamortized discounts and deferred loan fees.
(3) Includes restricted stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh and ACBB.
(4) Interest-rate sensitivity gap represents the difference between total interest-earning assets and total interest-bearing
liabilities.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example,
although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different
degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate
in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates.
Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a
short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early
withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table. Finally, the ability of
many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate loans may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.
Net Portfolio Value Analysis. Our interest rate sensitivity also is monitored by management through the use of
a model which generates estimates of the changes in our net portfolio value (“NPV”) over a range of interest rate scenarios.
NPV is the present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio,
under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same
64
scenario. The following table sets forth our NPV as of September 30, 2021 and reflects the changes to NPV as a result of
immediate and sustained changes in interest rates as indicated.
Change in
Interest Rates
NPV as % of Portfolio
In Basis Points
Net Portfolio Value
Value of Assets
(Rate Shock)
Amount
$Change
% Change
NPV Ratio
Change
(Dollars in Thousands)
300
$
128,307
$
(27,968)
(17.90)%
12.51 %
(1.84)%
200
$
138,035
$
(18,240)
(11.67)%
13.20 %
(1.15)%
100
$
148,006
$
(8,269)
(5.29)%
13.86 %
(0.49)%
Static
$
156,275
$
—
—
14.35 %
—
(100)
$
159,625
$
3,350
2.14 %
14.47 %
0.12 %
(200)
$
165,437
$
9,162
5.86 %
14.86 %
0.51 %
(300)
$
184,143
$
27,868
17.83 %
16.23 %
1.88 %
At September 30, 2020, the Company’s NPV was $152.4 million or 12.3% of the market value of assets.
Following a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, the Company’s “post shock” NPV would have been $160.9 million
or 13.6% of the market value of assets, an increase of approximately 5.5%. The change in the NPV ratio or Company’s
sensitivity measure was a decrease of 111 basis points.
As is the case with the GAP Table, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above
interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in NPV require the making of certain assumptions which may or may
not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the
models presented assume that the composition of our interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a
period remains constant over the period being measured and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is
reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and
liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV model provides an indication of interest rate risk exposure at a particular point
in time, such model is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest
rates on net interest income and will differ from actual results.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –
Exposure to Changes in Interest Rates.”
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
65
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Prudential Bancorp, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2021 and 2020; the related consolidated statements of operations,
comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 2021; and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements).
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
September 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent, with respect to the
Company, in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its
internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements
that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements; and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex
judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter, in any way, our opinion on the financial statements,
taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the
critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
66
Allowance for Loan Losses (ALL)
Description of the Matter
The Company’s loan portfolio totaled $707.6 million as of September 30, 2021, and the associated ALL was $8.5 million.
As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, determining the amount of the ALL requires significant
judgment about the collectability of loans, which includes an assessment of quantitative factors such as historical loss
experience within each risk category of loans and testing of certain commercial loans for impairment. Management applies
additional qualitative adjustments to reflect the inherent losses that exist in the loan portfolio at the statement of financial
condition date that are not reflected in the historical loss experience. Qualitative adjustments are made based upon changes
in lending policies and procedures, economic conditions, changes in the loan portfolio mix, trends in loan delinquencies
and classified loans, loan review quality and board oversight, and concentrations of credit risk for the commercial loan
portfolios.
We identified these qualitative adjustments within the ALL as critical audit matters because they involve a high degree of
subjectivity. In turn, auditing management’s judgments regarding the qualitative factors applied in the ALL calculation
involved a high degree of subjectivity.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We gained an understanding of the Company’s process for establishing the ALL, including the qualitative adjustments
made to the ALL. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s ALL
process, which included, among others, management’s review and approval controls designed to assess the need and level
of qualitative adjustments to the ALL, as well as the reliability of the data utilized to support management’s assessment.
To test the qualitative adjustments, we evaluated the appropriateness of management’s methodology and assessed whether
all relevant risks were reflected in the ALL.
Regarding the measurement of the qualitative adjustments, we evaluated the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of the
data and inputs utilized in management’s estimate. For example, we compared the inputs and data to the Company’s
historical loan performance data, and considered the existence of new or contrary information. Furthermore, we analyzed
the changes in the components of the qualitative reserves relative to changes in external market factors, the Company’s
loan portfolio, and asset quality trends, which included the evaluation of management’s ability to capture and assess
relevant data from both external sources and internal reports on loan customers and the supporting documentation for
substantiating revisions to qualitative factors.
We also utilized internal credit review specialists with knowledge to evaluate the appropriateness of management’s risk-
rating processes, to ensure that the risk ratings applied to the commercial loan portfolio were reasonable.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2009.
Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania
December 17, 2021
67
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
September 30,
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
$
2,233
$
2,781
Interest-bearing deposits
80,465
114,300
Total cash and cash equivalents
82,698
117,081
Certificates of deposit
1,106
2,102
Investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale at fair value
305,947
420,364
Investment and mortgage-backed securities held to maturity (fair value—September 30, 2021, $21,161;
September 30, 2020, $24,330)
20,074
22,860
Equity securities
22
51
Loans receivable—net of allowance for loan losses (September 30, 2021, $8,517; September 30, 2020, $8,303)
618,206
588,300
Accrued interest receivable
4,326
4,699
Real estate owned
4,109
—
Restricted bank stock—at cost
10,091
12,532
Office properties and equipment—net
6,850
7,129
Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)
33,116
32,498
Deferred income taxes, net
3,021
3,902
Goodwill
6,102
6,102
Core deposit intangible
246
340
Prepaid expenses and other assets
4,554
5,393
TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,100,468
$
1,223,353
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Non-interest-bearing
$
37,409
$
30,002
Interest-bearing
674,106
740,947
Total deposits
711,515
770,949
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank - Short Term
—
25,000
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank - Long Term
232,025
260,253
Accrued interest payable
2,558
3,374
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
1,698
2,798
Interest rate swap contracts
12,834
20,960
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
9,382
10,902
Total liabilities
970,012
1,094,236
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
—
—
Common stock, $.01 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 10,819,006 issued and 7,769,387 outstanding at
September 30, 2021; 10,819,006 issued and 8,138,675 outstanding at September 30, 2020
108
108
Additional paid-in capital
118,424
118,270
Treasury stock, at cost: 3,049,619 shares at September 30, 2021 and 2,680,331 shares at September 30, 2020
(44,351)
(39,207)
Retained earnings
58,450
52,889
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(2,175)
(2,943)
Total stockholders’ equity
130,456
129,117
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$
1,100,468
$
1,223,353
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts)
INTEREST INCOME:
Interest and fees on loans
$
25,661
$
25,141
$
26,737
Interest on mortgage-backed securities
5,445
9,197
9,561
Interest and dividends on investments
6,816
6,942
6,782
Interest on interest-bearing deposits
115
947
960
Total interest income
38,037
42,227
44,040
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest on deposits
8,277
10,902
13,160
Interest on advances from FHLB - short term
39
1,056
790
Interest on advances from FHLB - long term
6,482
7,467
5,339
Total interest expense
14,798
19,425
19,289
NET INTEREST INCOME
23,239
22,802
24,751
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
200
3,025
100
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
23,039
19,777
24,651
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Fees and other service charges
573
540
661
Gain on sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale
1,644
5,993
1,057
Holding (loss) gain on equity securities
(29)
(44)
58
Gain on sale of loans
110
488
9
Swap income (loss)
384
(56)
158
Earnings from bank owned life insurance
616
656
645
Other
341
526
506
Total non-interest income
3,639
8,103
3,094
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES:
Salaries and employee benefits
10,558
9,562
8,857
Data processing
923
857
789
Professional services
1,634
1,698
1,460
Office occupancy
954
856
968
Depreciation
435
484
619
Director compensation
231
246
255
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance premiums
860
701
472
Real estate owned expense
10
165
81
Advertising
100
186
279
Core deposit amortization
94
108
123
Other
1,830
1,862
2,162
Total non-interest expenses
17,629
16,725
16,065
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
9,049
11,155
11,680
INCOME TAXES:
Current
592
2,045
2,338
Deferred expense (benefit)
677
(445)
(188)
Total income tax expense
1,269
1,600
2,150
NET INCOME
$
7,780
$
9,555
$
9,530
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
$
0.98
$
1.12
$
1.09
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
$
0.98
$
1.12
$
1.07
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Net income
$
7,780
$
9,555
$
9,530
Unrealized (loss) holding gain on available-for-sale securities
(4,035)
9,141
21,871
Tax effect
847
(1,920)
(4,593)
Reclassification adjustment for net securities gains realized in net income
(1,644)
(5,993)
(1,057)
Tax effect
345
1,259
222
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on interest rate swaps
6,652
(8,382)
(8,952)
Tax effect
(1,397)
1,760
1,880
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
768
(4,135)
9,371
Total comprehensive income
$
8,548
$
5,420
$
18,901
See notes to consolidated financial statements
70
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accumulated
Additional
Other
Total
Common
Paid-In
Treasury
Retained
Comprehensive
Stockholders’
Stock
Capital
Stock
Earnings Income (Loss)
Equity
(Dollars in Thousands)
BALANCE, September 30, 2018
$
108
$
118,345
$
(27,744)
$
45,854
$
(8,154)
$
128,409
Net income
9,530
9,530
Other comprehensive income
9,371
9,371
Dividends paid ($0.65 per share)
(5,784)
(5,784)
Purchase of treasury stock (207,543 shares)
(3,648)
(3,648)
Treasury stock used for employee benefit plan
(109,634 shares)
(1,154)
1,694
540
Stock option expense
573
573
Restricted share awards expense
620
620
Reclassification for adoption of ASU 2016-01
25
(25)
—
BALANCE, September 30, 2019
108
118,384
(29,698)
49,625
1,192
139,611
Net income
9,555
9,555
Other comprehensive loss
(4,135)
(4,135)
Dividends paid ($0.71 per share)
(6,216)
(6,216)
Purchase of treasury stock (829,388 shares)
(10,534)
(10,534)
Treasury stock used for employee benefit plan
(78,616 shares)
(811)
1,025
214
Stock option expense
353
353
Restricted share awards expense
344
344
Reclassification for adoption of ASC Topic 842
(75)
(75)
BALANCE, September 30, 2020
108
118,270
(39,207)
52,889
(2,943)
129,117
Net income
7,780
7,780
Other comprehensive income
768
768
Dividends paid ($0.28 per share)
(2,219)
(2,219)
Purchase of treasury stock (386,883 shares)
(5,391)
(5,391)
Treasury stock used for employee benefit plan
(17,595 shares)
(185)
247
62
Stock option expense
169
169
Restricted share awards expense
170
170
BALANCE, September 30, 2021
$
108
$
118,424
$
(44,351)
$
58,450
$
(2,175)
$
130,456
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
71
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
$
7,780
$
9,555
$
9,530
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation
435
484
619
Net amortization/accretion of premiums/discounts and other amortization
(780)
(1,934)
(2,407)
Earnings from BOLI
(616)
(656)
(645)
Provision for loan losses
200
3,025
100
Accretion of deferred loan fees and costs
(299)
(76)
(136)
(Gain) loss on sale of real estate owned
—
(99)
46
Gain on sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities
(1,644)
(5,993)
(1,057)
Write-down of real estate owned
—
125
75
Gain on sale of loans
(110)
(488)
(9)
Proceeds from the sale of loans
6,500
31,774
612
Originations of loans held for sale
(6,390)
(12,192)
(603)
Share-based compensation expense
339
697
1,193
Holding losses (gains) on equity securities
29
45
(58)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
677
(445)
(188)
Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:
Accrued interest receivable
373
(150)
(724)
Accrued interest payable
(816)
(954)
1,096
Other, net
(628)
(430)
543
Net cash provided by operating activities
5,050
22,288
7,987
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale
(55,146)
(175,710)
(280,303)
Purchase of investment and mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
(1,737)
(2,500)
(11,849)
Loans originated or acquired
(280,330)
(138,272)
(100,371)
Principal collected on loans
246,802
113,170
118,404
Principal payments received on investment and mortgage-backed securities:
Held-to-maturity
4,439
48,216
3,002
Available-for-sale
138,522
138,074
24,091
Redemption (purchase) of certificates of deposit
996
249
(747)
Proceeds from sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities
26,059
142,055
75,639
Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock
3,461
10,905
5,145
Purchase of FHLB stock
(1,020)
(7,031)
(13,966)
Purchase of BOLI
—
—
(2,500)
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned
—
505
557
Purchases of equipment
(156)
(407)
(386)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
81,890
129,254
(183,284)
72
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in thousands)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net (decrease) increase in demand deposits, NOW accounts, and savings
accounts
(34,701)
269,078
11,816
Net decrease in certificates of deposit
(24,727)
(243,573)
(50,501)
Net (decrease) increase in FHLB short-term advances
(25,000)
(65,000)
80,000
Proceeds from FHLB advances - long term
—
—
175,997
Repayment of FHLB advances - long term
(28,185)
(26,650)
(33,575)
(Decrease) increase in advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
(1,100)
466
249
Cash dividends paid
(2,219)
(6,216)
(5,784)
Purchase treasury stock
(5,391)
(10,534)
(3,108)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(121,323)
(82,429)
175,094
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(34,383)
69,113
(203)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
117,081
47,968
48,171
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
$
82,698
$ 117,081
$
47,968
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest paid on deposits and advances from FHLB
$
15,614
$
20,379
$
18,531
Income taxes paid
$
70
$
3,070
$
2,409
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH ITEMS:
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
$
4,109
$
183
$
—
Lease adoption:
Right of use lease asset
—
1,415
—
Lease liability
—
1,536
—
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
73
PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020 AND 2019
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Prudential Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Pennsylvania corporation that was incorporated in June 2013 to
be the successor corporation of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania (“Old Prudential Bancorp”), the former stock
holding company for Prudential Bank (the “Bank”), a Pennsylvania-chartered, FDIC-insured savings bank with ten full
service branches in the Philadelphia area. The Bank’s primary federal banking regulator is the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Bank is also regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities ( the
“Department”). The Bank is principally in the business of attracting deposits from its community through its branch offices
and investing those deposits, together with funds from borrowings, primarily in loans and investments. The Bank’s sole
subsidiary as of September 30, 2021 was PSB Delaware, Inc. (“PSB”), a Delaware-chartered corporation established to
hold certain investments. As of September 30, 2021, PSB had total assets of $275.5 million primarily consisting of
investment and mortgage-backed securities.
Most of the Company’s business activities are conducted within a few hours’ drive from Philadelphia and include
eastern Pennsylvania, Delaware, New Jersey and southern New York.
2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Consolidation –The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the
Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. The most significant estimates and assumptions in the consolidated financial statements are recorded in the
allowance for loan losses, the fair value of financial instruments, other than temporary impairment of securities, goodwill
and valuation of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts
due from depository institutions and interest-bearing deposits with original maturities of less than 90 days.
Certificates of Deposit—The Bank purchases, on occasion, certificates of deposit issued by FDIC-insured banks in
amounts of up to $249,000 and with maturities of between one to five years.
Investment Securities and Mortgage-Backed Securities—Management classifies and accounts for debt securities as
follows:
Held to Maturity—Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified
as held to maturity and are carried at their remaining unpaid principal balance, net of unamortized premiums or unaccreted
discounts. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted using the interest method over the estimated remaining term
of the underlying security.
Available for Sale—Debt securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time, including securities that may be sold
in response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity, and changes in the availability and the
yield of alternative investments, are classified as available for sale. These assets are carried at fair value. Fair value is
determined using public market prices, dealer quotes, and prices obtained from independent pricing services that may be
derivable from observable and unobservable market inputs. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and
are reported net of tax as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Realized gains or losses on the sale
74
of investment and mortgage-backed securities are reported in earnings as of the trade date and determined using the
adjusted cost of the specific security sold. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted using the interest method
over the estimated remaining term of the underlying security.
Equity Securities— Equity securities are held at fair value. Holding gains and losses and dividends are recorded as
components of non-interest income.
Other-than-temporary impairment —Management evaluates debt and equity securities for other-than-temporary
impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation.
For all securities that are in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time and for all securities whose fair
value is significantly below amortized cost, management performs an evaluation of the specific events attributable to the
market decline of the security. Management considers the length of time and extent to which the security’s fair value has
been below cost as well as the general market conditions, industry characteristics, and the fundamental operating results
of the issuer to determine if the decline is other-than-temporary. Management also considers as part of the evaluation its
intention whether or not to sell the security until its market value has recovered to a level at least equal to the amortized
cost. When management determines that a security’s unrealized loss is other-than-temporary, a realized loss is recognized
in the period in which the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The write-down is measured based
on the fair value of the security at the time the Company determines the decline in value is other-than-temporary.
Loans Receivable— Lending consists of various loan types including single-family residential mortgage loans, multi-
family residential mortgage loans, construction and land development loans, non-residential or commercial real estate
mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial business loans, and consumer loans. Loans are stated
at their unpaid principal balances, net of unamortized net fees/costs. Loans that management has the intent and ability to
hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balance
adjusted for unearned income, the allowance for loan losses and any unamortized deferred fees or costs.
Loan Origination and Commitment Fees—Management defers loan origination and commitment fees, net of certain
direct loan origination costs. The balance of such fees are accreted into income as a yield adjustment over the life of the
loan using the level-yield method.
Interest on Loans—Management recognizes interest on loans on the accrual basis. Income recognition is discontinued
when a loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent as to interest and/or principal. Any interest previously accrued is deducted
from interest income. Such previously accrued interest ultimately collected is credited to income when loans are no longer
90 days or more delinquent.
Allowance for Loan Losses— The allowance for loan losses represents the amount which management estimates is
adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in its loan portfolio as of the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Condition date. The allowance method is used in providing for loan losses. Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to
the allowance, and all recoveries are credited to it. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for
loan losses charged to operations. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s periodic evaluation of
individual loans, economic factors, past loan loss experience, changes in the composition and volume of the portfolio, and
other relevant factors, both qualitative and quantitative. The estimates used in determining the adequacy of the allowance
for loan losses, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected on impaired loans, are particularly
susceptible to changes in the near term.
Impaired loans are loans for which it is not probable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the
loan agreements. Management individually evaluates such loans for impairment and does not aggregate loans by major
risk classifications. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral
value. The amount of impairment for impaired loans is determined by the difference between the present value of the
expected cash flows related to the loans, using the original interest rate, and their recorded value, or as a practical expedient
in the case of collateralized loans, the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the recorded amount of the
loans. When foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured based on the then fair value of the collateral.
75
Mortgage loans and consumer loans are comprised of large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans which are
evaluated for impairment collectively. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays, which are defined as delays
of less than 90 days, generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays
on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower including
the length of the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of shortfall in relation to the principal and
interest owed.
Real Estate Owned—Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure is recorded at fair value at the date of
acquisition, less estimated selling costs, establishing a new basis. Costs related to the development and improvement of
real estate owned properties are capitalized and those relating to holding the properties are charged to expense. After
foreclosure, a valuation is periodically performed by management and a write-down is recorded, if necessary, by a charge
to operations if the carrying value of a property exceeds its fair value less estimated costs to sell.
Restricted Bank Stock – Restricted bank stock consists of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”) and Atlantic
Community Bankers Bank (“ACBB”) stock and is classified as a restricted equity security because ownership is restricted
and there is no established market for its resale, and thus no readily determinable fair value. FHLB and ACBB stock is
carried at cost and is evaluated for impairment when certain conditions warrant further consideration.
The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and as such, is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of
the FHLB that varies with the level of advances outstanding with the FHLB. The stock is bought from and sold to the
FHLB based upon its $100 par value. The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified
as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment by management. The stock’s value is determined by the
ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the
par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (a) the significance of the decline in
net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted; (b)
commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to
the operating performance; (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB; and (d)
the liquidity position of the FHLB.
The FHLB of Pittsburgh continues to report net income, continues to declare quarterly cash dividends and had its Aaa
bond rating affirmed by Moody’s and its AA+ rating affirmed by Standard and Poor’s, which ratings during 2021 remained
unchanged as of September 30, 2021. With consideration given to these factors, management concluded that the stock was
not impaired at September 30, 2021 or 2020.
In 2018, the Bank purchased $90,000 of stock in ACBB to support a $12.5 million line of credit. The line has not been
drawn on.
Office Properties and Equipment—Land is carried at cost. Office properties and equipment are recorded at cost less
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the
assets. The costs of maintenance and repairs are expensed as they are incurred, and renewals and betterments are capitalized
and depreciated over their useful lives. The estimated useful life is generally 10-39 years for office properties and 1-7
years for furniture and equipment.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance—The Company funds the policy premiums for life insurance covering the lives
of certain employees of the Bank. The bank owned life insurance policies (“BOLI”) provide an attractive tax-exempt return
to the Company and is being used by the Company to fund various employee benefit plans and arrangements. The BOLI
is recorded at its cash surrender value.
Dividend Payable – Upon declaration of a dividend, a payable is established with a corresponding reduction to retained
earnings at the declaration date. There was no dividend payable as of September 30, 2021 or 2020. The Company paid
$2.2 million, $6.2 million, and $5.8 million in cash dividends during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
Goodwill – Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is
76
recognized as an asset and is to be reviewed for impairment annually as of each September 30 and between annual tests
when events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company’s goodwill and intangible
assets are related to the acquisition of Polonia Bancorp, Inc. (“Polonia Bancorp”) on January 1, 2017.
Share-Based Compensation – The Company accounts for stock-based compensation issued to employees, directors, and
where appropriate non-employees, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under fair value provisions, stock-based compensation
cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the appropriate
vesting period using the straight-line method. The amount of stock-based compensation recognized at any date must at
least equal the portion of the grant date fair value of the award that is vested at that date and as a result it may be necessary
to recognize the expense using a ratable method. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the date of grant
requires judgment, including estimating the expected term of the stock options and the expected volatility of the
Company’s stock. In addition, judgment is required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to
be forfeited. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates or different key assumptions were used, it could have
a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information regarding stock-based compensation.
Treasury Stock – Common stock held in treasury is accounted for using the cost method, which treats stock held in treasury
as a reduction to total stockholders’ equity. During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company repurchased 386,883
shares of common stock at an average price per share of $13.93. The shares may be purchased in the open market or in
privately negotiated transactions from time to time depending upon market conditions and other factors over a one-year
period or such longer period of time as may be necessary to complete such repurchases.
Comprehensive Income—Management presents in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income those amounts
arising from transactions and other events which currently are excluded from the statements of operations and are recorded
directly to stockholders’ equity. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the components of
comprehensive income were net income, unrealized holding (loss) gain, net of income tax (benefit) expense, on available
for sale securities and reclassifications related to realized gains on sale of securities recognized in earnings, net of tax, and
unrealized holdings (loss) gain, net of tax, on the fair value of interest rate swaps. Reclassifications are made to avoid
double counting in comprehensive income items which are displayed as part of net income for the period.
Income Taxes— Management records deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income
tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of
the resulting tax assets and liabilities. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon
changes in business factors and the tax laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in
estimating the amount and timing of tax recognized, there can be no assurance that additional expense will not be required
in future periods.
In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover deferred tax assets, management considers all available positive and
negative evidence, including past operating results and forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable
income, management makes assumptions for the amount of taxable income, the reversal of temporary differences and the
implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require management to make
judgments about future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the
business. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require management to record an additional valuation
allowance against the deferred tax assets. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax
expense in the period and could have a significant impact on our future earnings.
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—Management recognizes the financial
and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, and will derecognize financial assets when control has
been surrendered, and derecognize liabilities when extinguished. Servicing assets and other retained interests in the
transferred assets are measured by allocating the previous carrying amount between the assets sold, if any, and retained
interests, if any, based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer.
77
Interest Rate Swap Agreement - For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements
to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps are contracts
in which a series of interest rate flow is exchanged over a prescribed period. The notional amount on which the interest
payments are based is not exchanged. These swap agreements are derivative instruments and generally convert a portion
of the Company’s variable-rate debt to a fixed-rate (cash flow hedge) and convert a portion of its fixed-rate loans to a
variable rate (fair value hedge).
For the fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap are expected to be “perfectly effective” in
offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item, thus no portion of the change in market value is anticipated to be
recognized in earnings.
For cash flow hedges, the net settlement (upon close-out or termination) that offsets changes in the value of the hedged
debt is deferred and amortized into net interest income over the life of the hedged debt. For fair value hedges, the net
settlement (upon close-out or termination) that offsets changes in the value of the loans adjusts the basis of the loans and
is deferred and amortized to loan interest income over the life of the loans. The portion, if any, of the net settlement
amount that did not offset changes in the value of the hedged asset or liability is recognized immediately in non-interest
income.
Interest rate derivative financial instruments receive hedge accounting treatment only if they are designated as a hedge and
are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and liabilities
identified as exposing the Company to risk. Those derivative financial instruments that do not meet specified hedging
criteria would be recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in income. If periodic assessment indicates
derivatives no longer provide an effective hedge, the derivative contracts would be closed out and settled, or classified as
a trading activity.
Loans Acquired - Loans acquired including loans that have evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination
and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments
receivable, are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no
valuation allowance. Loans are evaluated individually to determine if there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality
since origination. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the
loan, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan.
Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition,
or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, a loss accrual or a valuation allowance.
Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of
the yield on the loan over its remaining estimated life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized immediately as
impairment. Any valuation allowances on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after acquisition. Loans
acquired with evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination were not material.
For purchased loans acquired that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses
expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value. Loans are aggregated and accounted for as a
pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods
utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the
Company records a provision for loan losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts.
The remaining differences between the purchase price and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are
recorded in interest income over the life of the loans.
Revenue Recognition - Management determined that since the guidance does not apply to revenue associated with
financial instruments, including loans and securities that are accounted for under other GAAP, the new guidance did not
have a material impact on revenue most closely associated with financial instruments including interest income and
expense along with non interest revenue resulting from non interest security gains, loan servicing, commitment fees and
fees from financial guarantees. As a result, no changes were made during the period related to these sources of revenue
which cumulatively comprise 91.3% of the total revenue of the Company. The main types of non interest income within
the scope of the standard are:
78
Service charges on deposit accounts consist of account analysis fees (i.e. net fees earned on analyzed business and public
checking accounts), monthly service fees, check orders, and other deposit account related fees. The Company’s
performance obligation for account analysis fees and monthly service fees is generally satisfied, and the related revenue
recognized, over the period in which the service is provided. Check orders and other deposit account related fees are largely
transactional based, and therefore, the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at
a point in time. Payment for service charges on deposit accounts is primarily received immediately or in the following
month through a direct charge to customers’ accounts.
Fees, interchange, and other service charges are primarily comprised of debit card income, ATM fees, cash management
income, and other services charges. Debit card income is primarily comprised of interchange fees earned whenever the
Company’s debit cards are processed through card payment networks such as Mastercard. ATM fees are primarily
generated when a Company cardholder uses a non-Company ATM or a non-Company cardholder uses a company ATM.
Other service charges include revenue from processing wire transfers, bill pay service, cashier’s checks, and other services.
The Company’s performance obligation for fees, exchange, and other service charges are largely satisfied, and related
revenue recognized when the services are rendered or upon completion. Payment is typically received immediately or in
the following month.
Reclassification of Comparative Amounts - Certain items previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the
current year’s reporting format. Such reclassifications did not affect the consolidated statements of operations or
consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-06, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial
Services – Depository and Lending (Topic 942), and Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments
to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Final Rule Releases No. 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about
Acquired and Disposed Businesses, and No. 33-10835, Update of Statistical Disclosures for Bank and Savings and Loan
Registrants (SEC Update), to amend SEC paragraphs in the Accounting Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of
SEC Release No. 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses, and No. 33-
10835, Update of Statistical Disclosures for Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants. This ASU was effective upon
issuance and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-4, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects
of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, March 2020, to provide temporary optional expedients and exceptions
to the U.S. GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens of the
expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to
alternative reference rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate. Entities can elect not to apply certain
modification accounting requirements to contracts affected by what the guidance calls reference rate reform, if certain
criteria are met. An entity that makes this election would not have to remeasure the contracts at the modification date or
reassess a previous accounting determination. Also, entities can elect various optional expedients that would allow them
to continue applying hedge accounting for hedging relationships affected by reference rate reform, if certain criteria are
met, and can make a one-time election to sell and/or reclassify held-to-maturity debt securities that reference an interest
rate affected by reference rate reform. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities upon issuance through
June 30, 2022. The update has not had a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and/or results of operations.
In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), which provides optional
temporary guidance for entities transitioning away from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates (IBORs) to new
reference rates so that derivatives affected by the discounting transition are explicitly eligible for certain optional
expedients and exceptions within Topic 848. ASU 2021-01 clarifies that the derivatives affected by the discounting
transition are explicitly eligible for certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848. ASU 2021-01 is effective
immediately for all entities. Entities may elect to apply the amendments on a full retrospective basis as of any date from
the beginning of an interim period that includes or is subsequent to December 12, 2020, or on a prospective basis to new
modifications from any date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to the date of the issuance of a final
update, up to the date that financial statements are available to be issued. The amendments in this update do not apply to
contract modifications made, as well as new hedging relationships entered into, after December 31, 2022, and to existing
79
hedging relationships evaluated for effectiveness for periods after December 31, 2022, except for certain hedging
relationships existing as of December 31, 2022, that apply certain optional expedients in which the accounting effects are
recorded through the end of the hedging relationship. The update has not had a significant impact on the Company’s
financial position and/or results of operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit
Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. This Update is intended
to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held
by financial institutions and other organizations. The underlying premise of the Update is that financial assets measured
at amortized cost should be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, through an allowance for credit losses
that is deducted from the amortized cost basis. The allowance for credit losses should reflect management’s current
estimate of credit losses that are expected to occur over the remaining life of a financial asset. The income statement will
be affected for the measurement of credit losses for newly recognized financial assets, as well as the expected increases or
decreases of expected credit losses that have taken place during the period. This Update becomes applicable for SEC filers
that are eligible to be smaller reporting companies, non-SEC filers, and all other companies for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative
effect adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard
is effective, but cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time adjustment or the overall impact of the new
guidance on the consolidated financial statements.
In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 326, which allows
entities to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost upon
adoption of the new credit losses standard. To be eligible for the transition election, the existing financial asset must
otherwise be both within the scope of the new credit losses standard and eligible for the applying the fair value option in
ASC 825-10-3. The election must be applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is not available for either available-
for-sale or held-to-maturity debt securities. For entities that elect the fair value option, the difference between the carrying
amount and the fair value of the financial asset would be recognized through a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening
retained earnings as of the date an entity adopted ASU 2016-13. Changes in fair value of that financial asset would
subsequently be reported in current earnings. For entities that have not yet adopted ASU 2016-13, the effective dates and
transition requirements are the same as those in ASU 2016-13. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the
adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s financial position and or results of operations.
In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments ‒ Credit Losses (Topic 326),
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842). The Update defers the effective dates of ASU 2016-13 for
SEC filers that are eligible to be smaller reporting companies, non-SEC filers, and all other companies to fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This Update also amends the
mandatory effective date for the elimination of Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test under ASU No. 2017-04,
Intangibles ‒ Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Goodwill), to align with the
effective date used for credit losses. Furthermore, the ASU provides a one-year deferral of the effective dates of the two
ASUs on derivatives and hedging and leases for companies that are not public business entities. The Company qualifies
as a smaller reporting company and does not expect to early adopt either of these ASUs.
In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt – Modifications and
Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging –
Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), which requires an entity to treat a modification of an equity-classified
warrant that does not cause the warrant to become liability-classified as an exchange of the original warrant for a new
warrant. This guidance applies whether the modification is structured as an amendment to the terms and conditions of the
warrant or as termination of the original warrant and issuance of a new warrant. An entity should measure the effect of a
modification as the difference between the fair value of the modified warrant and the fair value of that warrant immediately
before modification. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity should apply the amendments prospectively to
modifications or exchanges occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments. Early adoption is permitted for all
80
entities, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity elects to early adopt the amendments in this Update in an
interim period, the guidance should be applied as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s financial position or
results of operations.
3. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and common
share equivalents (“CSEs”) that would arise from the exercise of dilutive shares.
The calculated basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data)
Basic
Diluted
Basic
Diluted
Basic
Diluted
Net income
$
7,780
$
7,780
$
9,555
$
9,555
$
9,530
$
9,530
Weighted average common shares
outstanding
7,935,143
7,935,143
8,538,006
8,538,006
8,777,794
8,777,794
Effect of CSEs
—
17,794
—
24,470
—
158,083
Adjusted weighted average
common shares used in earnings
per share computation
7,935,143
7,952,937
8,538,006
8,562,476
8,777,794
8,935,877
Earnings per share
$
0.98
$
0.98
$
1.12
$
1.12
$
1.09
$
1.07
As of September 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019, there were 267,728, 282,728 and 550,833 shares, respectively, of
common stock subject to options with an exercise price less than the then current market value, as of such dates and which
were included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. At September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were
253,530, 288,530 and 242,201 shares, respectively, that had exercise prices greater than the average market value during
the period and are considered anti-dilutive and not included in diluted earnings per share.
4. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income by component net
of tax:
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2021
2021
2020
2020
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Total
Total
accumulated
accumulated
Unrealized gain
Unrealized gain (loss)
other
Unrealized gain
Unrealized loss
other
(loss) on AFS on interest rate swaps
comprehensive
(loss) on AFS
on interest rate comprehensive
securities (a)
(a)
income (loss)
securities (a)
swaps (a)
income (loss)
Beginning Balance, October 1
$
10,585
$
(13,528)
$
(2,943)
$
8,098
$
(6,906)
$
1,192
Other comprehensive (loss) income before
reclassification
(3,188)
5,255
2,067
7,221
(6,622)
599
Amount reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income
(1,299)
—
(1,299)
(4,734)
—
(4,734)
Ending Balance, September 30
$
6,098
$
(8,273)
$
(2,175)
$
10,585
$
(13,528)
$
(2,943)
81
Year Ended September 30,
2019
2019
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Total
accumulated
Unrealized gain Unrealized gain (loss)
other
(loss) on AFS on interest rate swaps comprehensive
securities (a)
(a)
income (loss)
Beginning Balance, October 1
$
(8,320)
$
166
$
(8,154)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification
17,278
(7,072)
10,206
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
(835)
—
(835)
Reclassification for net gains recorded in net income
(25)
—
(25)
Ending Balance, September 30
$
8,098
$
(6,906)
$
1,192
(a) All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.
The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other
comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2021
2021
2020
2020
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities Swaps
Total Securities Swaps Total
Unrealized gain
$
1,644 (1)
$
—
$
1,644
$
5,993 (1)$
—
$ 5,993
Income taxes
(345)(2)
—
(345)
(1,259)(2)
—
(1,259)
$
1,299
$
—
$
1,299
$
4,734
$
—
$ 4,734
Year Ended September 30,
2019
2019
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities
Swaps
Total
Unrealized gain
$
1,057 (1)$
—
$
1,057
Income taxes
(222)(2)
—
(222)
$
835
$
—
$
835
(1) Recorded as a gain on the sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale.
(2) Recorded as income tax expense
5. INVESTMENT AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
The amortized cost and fair value of securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses, are as follows:
September 30, 2021
Gross
Gross
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Fair
Cost
Gains
Losses
Value
(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities Available for Sale:
U.S. government and agency obligations
$
3,117
$
77
$
—
$
3,194
State and political subdivisions
70,625
1,793
(159)
72,259
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. government agencies
131,842
4,267
(756)
135,353
Corporate debt securities
92,645
2,683
(187)
95,141
Total debt securities available for sale
$ 298,229
$
8,820
$ (1,102)
$ 305,947
Securities Held to Maturity:
U.S. government and agency obligations
$
1,000
$
173
$
—
$
1,173
State and political subdivisions
14,983
727
—
15,710
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. government agencies
4,091
211
(24)
4,278
Total securities held to maturity
$ 20,074
$
1,111
$
(24)
$ 21,161
82
September 30, 2020
Gross
Gross
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Fair
Cost
Gains
Losses
Value
(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities Available for Sale:
U.S. government and agency obligations
$ 22,241
$
153
$
—
$ 22,394
State and political subdivisions
79,099
1,940
(1,418)
79,621
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. government agencies
226,863
9,774
(71)
236,566
Corporate debt securities
78,764
3,564
(545)
81,783
Total debt securities available for sale
$ 406,967
$ 15,431
$ (2,034)
$ 420,364
Securities Held to Maturity:
U.S. government and agency obligations
$
1,000
$
236
$
—
$
1,236
State and political subdivisions
18,076
925
—
19,001
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. government agencies
3,784
309
—
4,093
Total securities held to maturity
$ 22,860
$
1,470
$
—
$ 24,330
As of September 30, 2021, the Bank maintained securities with a fair value of $106.8 million in a safekeeping
account at the FHLB of Pittsburgh used for collateral and convenience. The Bank is only required to hold $94.2 million
as specific collateral for its borrowings; therefore the $12.6 million in excess securities are not restricted and could be sold
or transferred if needed.
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and related fair values of the Company’s available for sale
investment securities, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that individual securities had been in a
continuous loss position at September 30, 2021:
Less than 12 months
More than 12 months
Total
Gross
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Losses
Value
Losses
Value
Losses
Value
(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities Available for Sale:
State and political subdivisions
$
(93)
$
14,383
$
(66)
$
4,417
$
(159)
$
18,800
Mortgage-backed securities -U.S.
government agencies
(487)
18,493
(269)
7,849
(756)
26,342
Corporate debt securities
(187)
24,816
—
—
(187)
24,816
Total securities available for sale
$
(767)
$
57,692
$
(335)
$
12,266
$
(1,102)
$
69,958
Securities Held to Maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities -U.S.
government agencies
$
(24)
$
1,269
$
—
$
—
$
(24)
$
1,269
Total securities held to maturity
$
(24)
$
1,269
$
—
$
—
$
(24)
$
1,269
Total
$
(791)
$
58,961
$
(335)
$
12,266
$
(1,126)
$
71,227
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least once per quarter, and
more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. The evaluation is based upon factors such
as the creditworthiness of the issuers/guarantors, the underlying collateral, if applicable, and the continuing performance
of the securities. Management also evaluates other facts and circumstances that may be indicative of an OTTI
83
condition. This includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the type of security, the length of time and extent to which
the fair value of the security has been less than cost, and the near-term prospects of the issuer.
The Company assesses the credit loss by considering whether (1) the Company has the intent to sell the security,
(2) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, or (3) it does not expect to recover
the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The Company bifurcates the OTTI impact on impaired securities where
impairment in value was deemed to be other than temporary between the component representing credit loss and the
component representing loss related to other factors. The portion of the fair value decline attributable to credit loss must
be recognized through a charge to earnings. The credit component is determined by comparing the present value of the
cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the rate in effect before recognizing any OTTI with the amortized cost
basis of the debt security. The Company uses the cash flow expected to be realized from the security, which includes
assumptions about interest rates, timing and severity of defaults, estimates of potential recoveries, the cash flow
distribution from the bond indenture and other factors, then applies a discount rate equal to the effective yield of the
security. The difference between the present value of the expected cash flows and the amortized book value is considered
a credit loss. The fair value of the security is determined using the same expected cash flows; the discount rate is a rate the
Company determines from the open market and other sources as appropriate for the security. The difference between the
fair value and the security’s remaining amortized cost is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).
For the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company determined that no OTTI had occurred
within the investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios.
U.S. Government and agency obligations–The Company’s investments reflected in the tables above in U.S.
Government sponsored enterprise obligations consist of debt obligations of the FHLB and Federal Farm Credit System
(“FFCS”). These securities are typically rated AAA by at best one of the internationally recognized credit rating services.
There were no securities in a gross unrealized loss position at September 30, 2021. In addition, the Company does not
intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities. As
such, the Company anticipates it will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities.
Mortgage-backed securities – U.S. government agencies — At September 30, 2021, the gross unrealized loss
in U.S. Government agency issued mortgage-backed securities in the category of experiencing a gross unrealized loss was
$780,000 or 0.5% from the Company’s amortized cost basis and consisted of 15 securities. These securities represent
asset-backed issues that are issued or guaranteed by a U.S. Government sponsored agency or carry the full faith and credit
of the United States through a government agency and are currently rated AAA by at least one bond credit rating agency.
The unrealized losses on these debt securities relate principally to the changes in market interest rates in the financial
markets and are not as a result of projected shortfall of cash flows. The Company anticipates it will recover the entire
amortized cost basis of the securities. As a result, the Company did not consider these investments to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at September 30, 2021.
Corporate debt securities — At September 30, 2021, the gross unrealized loss in corporate debt securities in the
category of experiencing a gross unrealized loss was $187,000 or 0.2% from the Company’s amortized cost basis and
consisted of seven securities. The unrealized losses on these debt securities relates principally to the changes in market
interest rates in the financial markets and are not as a result of projected shortfall of cash flows. In addition, the Company
does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the
securities. As such, the Company anticipates it will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities. As a result,
the Company did not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2021.
State and political subdivision debt securities — At September 30, 2021, the gross unrealized loss in state and
political subdivision debt securities was $159,000 or 0.1% from the Company’s amortized cost basis and consisted of
seven securities. The unrealized losses on these debt securities relate principally to the changes in market interest rates in
the financial markets and are not as a result of projected shortfall of cash flows. In addition, the Company does not intend
to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities. As such,
the Company anticipates it will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities. As a result, the Company did not
consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2021.
84
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and related fair values of the investment securities,
aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position at
September 30, 2020:
Less than 12 months
More than 12 months
Total
Gross
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Unrealized
Fair
Losses
Value
Losses
Value
Losses
Value
(Dollars in Thousands)
Securities Available for Sale:
State and political subdivisions
$
(126)
$
10,735
$
(1,292)
$
24,510
$
(1,418)
$
35,245
Mortgage-backed securities - US
government agencies
(66)
10,025
(5)
584
(71)
10,609
Corporate debt securities
(545)
16,472
—
—
(545)
16,472
Total securities available for sale
$
(737)
$
37,232
$
(1,297)
$
25,094
$
(2,034)
$
62,326
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities
as of September 30, 2021 will differ from contractual maturities because of call provisions in the securities. Mortgage-
backed securities were not included as the contractual maturity is generally irrelevant due to the borrowers’ right to prepay
without pre-payment penalty which results in significant prepayments.
September 30, 2021
Held to Maturity
Available for Sale
Amortized
Fair
Amortized
Fair
Cost
Value
Cost
Value
(Dollars in Thousands)
Due within one year
$
1,035
$
1,049
$
—
$
—
Due after one through five years
4,444
4,792
40,137
41,330
Due after five through ten years
6,465
6,730
54,223
55,628
Due after ten years
4,039
4,312
72,027
73,636
Total
$ 15,983
$ 16,883
$ 166,387
$ 170,594
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded realized gross gains of
$1.6 million, $6.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company recorded gross losses of $-0-, $68,000 and
$280,000, respectively, for the same periods. Gross proceeds from the sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities
totaled $26.1 million, $142.1 million and $75.6 million, for the respective fiscal years.
The Company recognized holding losses on equity securities of $29,000 for the year ended September 30, 2021
and $44,000 for the year ended September 30, 2020. A holding gain of $58,000 was recognized during the year ended
September 30, 2019.
85
6. LOANS RECEIVABLE
Loans receivable consist of the following:
September 30,
September 30,
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
202,330
$
233,872
Multi-family residential
76,122
31,100
Commercial real estate
165,992
139,943
Construction and land development
205,413
260,648
Loans to financial institutions
—
6,000
Commercial business
57,236
12,916
Leases
—
176
Consumer
530
604
Total loans
707,623
685,259
Undisbursed portion of loans-in-process
(80,620)
(86,862)
Deferred loan fees
(280)
(1,794)
Allowance for loan losses
(8,517)
(8,303)
Net loans
$
618,206
$
588,300
The Company originates loans to customers located primarily in its market area of eastern Pennsylvania,
Delaware, New Jersey and southern New York. The ultimate repayment of these loans at September 30, 2021 is dependent,
to a certain degree, on the state of the economy and real estate market in these areas.
The following table summarizes the loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment by loan segment
at September 30, 2021:
One to
four
Multi-family Commercial
Construction and Commercial
family residential
residential
real estate land development
business ConsumerUnallocated
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
$
— $
—
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1,665
1,051
2,220
1,968
799
15
799
8,517
Total ending allowance balance
$
1,665 $
1,051 $
2,220 $
1,968 $
799 $
15 $
799 $
8,517
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
3,006 $
— $
1,280 $
4,093 $
— $
—
$
8,379
Collectively evaluated for impairment
199,324
76,122
164,712
201,320
57,236
530
699,244
Total loans
$
202,330 $
76,122 $
165,992 $
205,413 $
57,236 $
530
$ 707,623
The following table summarizes the loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment by loan segment
at September 30, 2020:
One to
Loans to
four
Multi-family
Commercial
Construction and
Commercial
financial
family residential residential real estate land development
business institutionsLeases ConsumerUnallocated
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $ — $
—
$
— $
—
Collectively evaluated for impairment
1,877
460
1,989
2,888
194
89
3
6
797
8,303
Total ending allowance balance
$
1,877 $
460 $
1,989 $
2,888 $
194 $
89 $
3 $
6 $
797 $
8,303
Loans:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
3,095 $
— $
1,417 $
8,525 $
— $
— $ — $
—
$ 13,037
Collectively evaluated for impairment
230,777
31,100
138,526
252,123
12,916
6,000
176
604
672,222
Total loans
$
233,872
$
31,100
$
139,943
$
260,648
$
12,916
$
6,000 $ 176
$
604
$ 685,259
86
The loan portfolio is segmented at a level that allows management to monitor risk and performance. Management
evaluates all loans classified as substandard or lower and loans delinquent 90 or more days for potential impairment. Loans
are considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be
unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement.
Once the determination is made that a loan is impaired, the determination of whether a specific allocation of the
allowance, or charge off, is necessary is generally measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan to the fair
value of the loan using one of the following three methods: (a) the present value of the expected future cash flows
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (b) the loan’s observable market price; or (c) the fair value of the collateral
less selling costs. Management primarily utilizes the fair value of collateral method as a practically expedient alternative.
The following table presents impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was
required and those for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of September 30, 2021:
Impaired
Loans with
Impaired Loans with
No Specific
Specific Allowance
Allowance
Total Impaired Loans
(Dollars in Thousands)
Unpaid
Recorded
Related
Recorded
Recorded
Principal
Investment Allowance Investment Investment
Balance
One-to-four family residential
$
—
$
—
$
3,006
$
3,006
$
3,304
Commercial real estate
—
—
1,280
1,280
1,457
Construction and land development
—
—
4,093
4,093
4,340
Total
$
—
$
—
$
8,379
$
8,379
$
9,101
The following table presents impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was
required and those for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of September 30, 2020:
Impaired
Loans with
Impaired Loans with
No Specific
Specific Allowance
Allowance
Total Impaired Loans
(Dollars in Thousands)
Unpaid
Recorded
Related
Recorded
Recorded
Principal
Investment Allowance Investment Investment
Balance
One-to-four family residential
$
—
$
—
$
3,095
$
3,095
$
3,482
Commercial real estate
—
—
1,417
1,417
1,600
Construction and land development
—
—
8,525
8,525
10,906
Total
$
—
$
—
$ 13,037
$ 13,037
$ 15,988
87
The following tables present the average investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized for
the periods indicated:
Year Ended September 30, 2021
Average
Income
Recorded
Income Recognized
Recognized on
Investment
on Accrual Basis
Cash Basis
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
3,212
$
18
$
13
Commercial real estate
1,336
—
—
Construction and land development
6,697
—
—
Total impaired loans
$
11,245
$
18
$
13
Year Ended September 30, 2020
Average
Income
Recorded
Income Recognized
Recognized on
Investment
on Accrual Basis
Cash Basis
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
3,825
$
13
$
26
Multi-family residential
56
—
—
Commercial real estate
1,549
—
1
Construction and land development
8,685
—
—
Commercial business
2
—
—
Consumer
24
—
—
Total impaired loans
$
14,141
$
13
$
27
Year Ended September 30, 2019
Average
Income
Recorded
Income Recognized
Recognized on
Investment
on Accrual Basis
Cash Basis
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
4,685
$
77
$
22
Multi-family residential
145
10
—
Commercial real estate
2,139
36
4
Construction and land development
8,751
—
—
Total
$
15,720
$
123
$
26
Federal banking regulations and our policies require that the Bank utilize an internal asset classification system
as a means of reporting problem and potential problem assets. The Bank has incorporated an internal asset classification
system, consistent with Federal banking regulations, as a part of the credit monitoring system. Management currently
classifies problem and potential problem assets as “special mention,” “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset
is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or
of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the
insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of
the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make
“collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and
improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance
as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the
insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess
weaknesses are required to be designated “special mention.”
88
The following tables present the classes of the loan portfolio in which a formal risk weighting system is utilized
summarized by the aggregate “Pass” and the criticized category of “special mention”, and the classified categories of
“substandard” and “doubtful” within the Bank’s risk rating system. The Bank had no loans classified as “doubtful” or
“loss” at either of the dates presented.
September 30, 2021
Special
Pass
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four residential
$ 197,920
$
1,404
$
3,006
$
—
$ 202,330
Multi-family residential
71,497
4,625
—
—
76,122
Commercial real estate
162,657
2,055
1,280
—
165,992
Construction and land development
201,320
—
4,093
—
205,413
Loans to financial institutions
—
—
—
—
—
Commercial business
57,236
—
—
—
57,236
Total
$ 690,630
$
8,084
$
8,379
$
—
$ 707,093
September 30, 2020
Special
Pass
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four residential
$ 229,361
$
1,416
$
3,095
$
—
$ 233,872
Multi-family residential
31,100
—
—
—
31,100
Commercial real estate
128,527
9,999
1,417
—
139,943
Construction and land development
252,123
—
8,525
—
260,648
Loans to financial institutions
6,000
—
—
—
6,000
Commercial business
12,916
—
—
—
12,916
Total
$ 660,027
$ 11,415
$
13,037
$
—
$ 684,479
The following tables present loans in which a formal risk rating system is not utilized, but loans are segregated
between performing and non-performing based primarily on delinquency status:
September 30, 2021
Non-
Performing
Performing
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Consumer
$
530
$
—
$
530
September 30, 2020
Non-
Performing
Performing
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Leases
$
176
$
—
$
176
Consumer
604
—
604
Total
$
780
$
—
$
780
89
Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the
portfolio as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is due. The following tables present the classes of the
loan portfolio summarized by the aging categories of performing loans and non-accrual loans:
September 30, 2021
90 Days+
30‑89 Days
90 Days +
Total
Total
Non-
Past Due
Current
Past Due
Past Due
Past Due
Loans
Accrual
and Accruing
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$ 199,799
$
487
$ 2,044
$ 2,531
$ 202,330
$ 3,006
$
—
Multi-family residential
76,122
—
—
—
76,122
—
—
Commercial real estate
164,712
—
1,280
1,280
165,992
1,280
—
Construction and land development
201,320
—
4,093
4,093
205,413
4,093
—
Commercial business
57,236
—
—
—
57,236
—
—
Consumer
493
37
—
37
530
—
—
Total Loans
$ 699,682
$
524
$ 7,417
$ 7,941
$ 707,623
$ 8,379
$
—
September 30, 2020
90 Days+
30‑89 Days
90 Days +
Total
Total
Non-
Past Due
Current
Past Due
Past Due
Past Due
Loans
Accrual
and Accruing
(Dollars in Thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$ 231,196
$
523
$ 2,153
$ 2,676
$ 233,872
$ 3,095
$
—
Multi-family residential
31,100
—
—
—
31,100
—
—
Commercial real estate
136,225
2,301
1,417
3,718
139,943
1,417
—
Construction and land development
252,123
—
8,525
8,525
260,648
8,525
—
Commercial business
12,916
—
—
—
12,916
—
—
Loans to financial institutions
6,000
—
—
—
6,000
—
—
Leases
176
—
—
—
176
—
Consumer
604
—
—
—
604
—
—
Total Loans
$ 670,340
$ 2,824
$ 12,095
$ 14,919
$ 685,259
$ 13,037
$
—
Interest income on non-accrual loans would have increased by approximately $513,000, $748,000, and $786,000,
during fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, if these loans had performed in accordance
with their original terms.
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Management
maintains the allowance at a level believed to cover all known and inherent losses in the portfolio that are both probable
and reasonable to estimate at each reporting date. Management reviews the allowance for loan losses no less than quarterly
in order to identify those inherent losses and to assess the overall collection probability for the loan portfolio in view of
these inherent losses. For each primary type of loan, a loss factor is established reflecting an estimate of the known and
inherent losses in such loan type using both a quantitative analysis as well as consideration of qualitative factors. The
evaluation process includes, among other things, an analysis of delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, the level
of charge-offs and recoveries, prior loss experience, total loans outstanding, the volume of loan originations, the type, size
and geographic concentration of our loans, the value of collateral securing the loans, the borrowers’ ability to repay and
repayment performance, the number of loans requiring heightened management oversight, local economic conditions and
industry experience.
Commercial real estate loans entail significant additional credit risks compared to one-to-four family residential
mortgage loans, as they generally involve large loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related
borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the
successful operation of the related real estate project and/or business of the borrower who is also the primary occupant,
and thus may be subject to a greater extent to the effects of adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the economy
in general. Commercial business loans typically involve a higher risk of default than residential loans of like duration since
their repayment is generally dependent on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of
90
collateral, if any. Land acquisition, development and construction lending exposes us to greater credit risk than permanent
mortgage financing. The repayment of land acquisition, development and construction loans depends upon the sale of the
property to third parties or the availability of permanent financing upon completion of all improvements. These events
may adversely affect the borrower and the value of the collateral property.
The following tables summarize the primary segments of the allowance for loan losses, segmented into the
amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated
for impairment as of September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Activity in the allowance is presented for the years ended
September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Year Ended September 30, 2021
One to
Multi-
Construction
Loans to
four family
family
Commercial
and land
Commercial
financial
residential residential
real estate
development
business institutions Leases Consumer Unallocated
Total
(In Thousands)
ALLL balance at
September 30, 2020
$
1,877 $
460 $
1,989 $
2,888 $
194 $
89 $
3 $
6 $
797 $ 8,303
Charge-offs
—
—
—
(40)
—
—
—
—
—
(40)
Recoveries
5
—
—
—
14
—
—
35
—
54
Provision
(217)
591
231
(880)
591
(89)
(3)
(26)
2
200
ALLL balance at
September 30, 2021
$
1,665
$
1,051
$
2,220
$
1,968
$
799
$
—
$
—
$
15
$
799
$ 8,517
Year Ended September 30, 2020
One to
Multi-
Construction
Loans to
four family
family
Commercial
and land
Commercial
financial
residential residential
real estate
development
business institutions Leases Consumer Unallocated
Total
(In Thousands)
ALLL balance at
September 30, 2019
$
1,002 $
315 $
1,257 $
2,034 $
206 $
63 $
5 $
13 $
498 $ 5,393
Charge-offs
(3)
—
—
—
(15)
—
—
(126)
—
(144)
Recoveries
14
—
—
—
—
—
9
6
—
29
Provision
864
145
732
854
3
26
(11)
113
299
3,025
ALLL balance at
September 30, 2020
$
1,877
$
460
$
1,989
$
2,888
$
194
$
89
$
3
$
6
$
797
$ 8,303
September 30, 2019
One to
Multi-
Construction
Loans to
four family
family
Commercial
and land
Commercial
financial
residential
residential
real estate
development
business
institutions Leases
Consumer
Unallocated
Total
(In Thousands)
ALLL balance at
September 30, 2018
$
1,325 $
347 $
1,154 $
1,554 $
187 $
64 $
18 $
17 $
501 $ 5,167
Charge-offs
(7)
—
—
—
—
—
(31)
—
—
(38)
Recoveries
164
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
164
Provision
(480)
(32)
103
480
19
(1)
18
(4)
(3)
100
ALLL balance at
September 30, 2019
$
1,002
$
315
$
1,257
$
2,034
$
206
$
63 $
5
$
13
$
498
$ 5,393
The provision credit for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 applicable to one to four family residential
loans and construction and land development loans was commensurate with the decrease in the applicable portfolio. The
increase in provision expense for fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 was primarily applicable to the uncertainties
surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in provision expense for fiscal year ended September 30, 2019
applicable to the increase in construction and land development was due to the increase in the portfolio, while the provision
credit for the one to four family residential loans decreased due to the decrease in the portfolio.
Loans acquired in the merger with Polonia Bancorp were recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related
allowance for loan losses. Management measured loan fair values based on loan file reviews, appraised collateral values,
expected cash flows, and historical loss factors of Polonia Bank. The fair value of the loans acquired was $160.8 million
net of a $4.6 million discount of which $2.1 million of the discount remained as of September 30, 2021. The discount is
91
accreted to interest income over the remaining contractual life of the loans acquired. All loans that had a loan-to-value
ratio of greater than 80% were determined to have sufficient collateral to recover the carrying amount. Thus, none of the
loans acquired were considered to be purchased credit-impaired loans and any possible loss would be considered
immaterial.
Management established a provision for loan losses of $200,000, $3.0 million and $100,000 for the years ended
September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The provision for loan losses was deemed necessary for fiscal 2021
primarily to maintain the allowance at a level sufficient to cover all inherent and probable losses in the current portfolio.
Minimal delinquencies have occurred as of September 30, 2021 due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. There were
no loan deferments outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and all previously existing COVID-19 deferrals had ended by
September 30, 2020. Two participation interests in commercial real estate loans aggregating $10.0 million, or 1.5% of
total loans, each entered into a subsequent deferral period during October 2020 and returned to normal payment status
upon expiration of the deferral period. These deferments were not considered to be TDRs as of September 30, 2020 as all
applicable borrowers were current as of December 31, 2019 and the request for the deferments were related to the current
economic conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, and not by underlying weaknesses within the respective loans.
The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2021 was sufficient to cover all inherent and
probable losses associated with the loan portfolio at such date. At September 30, 2021, the Company’s non-performing
assets totaled $12.5 million or 1.1% of total assets as compared to $13.0 million or 1.1% of total assets at September 30,
2020. Non-performing assets at September 30, 2021 included three construction loans aggregating $4.1 million, 18 one-
to-four family residential loans aggregating $3.0 million, two commercial real estate loans aggregating $1.3 million and
two construction loans aggregating $4.1 million that were foreclosed during the third quarter of fiscal 2021 and are held
as other real estate owned. At September 30, 2021, the Company had two loans totaling $1.1 million that were classified
as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). One TDR is on non-accrual and consists of a $390,000 loan secured by a single-
family residential property and is performing in accordance with the restructured terms. The remaining TDR is a $705,000
commercial real estate loan classified as non-accrual and is part of a lending relationship totaling $6.0 million (after taking
into account the previously disclosed $1.9 million write-down recognized during the quarter ending March 31, 2017 related
to this borrowing relationship and the two construction loans noted above that became other real estate owned during fiscal
2021). The primary project of the borrower (the development of a 169-unit townhouse project in Bristol Borough,
Pennsylvania) is the subject of litigation between the Bank and the borrower. As previously disclosed, subsequent to the
commencement of the litigation, the borrower filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 (Reorganization) of the federal
bankruptcy code in June 2017. The Bank has moved the underlying litigation noted above with the borrower and the Bank
from state court to the federal bankruptcy court in which the bankruptcy proceeding is being heard. The state litigation is
stayed pending the resolution of the bankruptcy proceedings. As of September 30, 2021, 33 units have been sold in the
project resulting in $825,000 being applied against the outstanding debt owed the Bank. Management will continue to
monitor and modify the allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate. No assurances can be given that the level of the
allowance for loan losses will cover all of the inherent losses on the loans or that future adjustments to the allowance for
loan losses will not be necessary if economic and other conditions differ substantially from the economic and other
conditions used by management to determine, in part, the current level of the allowance for loan losses.
There were no TDRs approved in 2021, 2020 or 2019. All of the existing TDRs involved changes in the interest
rates on the loans; no debt was forgiven. At September 30, 2021, both of the two then-existing TDR loans were classified
as non-performing.
At September 30, 2021, the Company had five one-to-four family residential loans with a carrying amount of
$613,000 that are secured by residential real estate property for which foreclosure proceedings are in process according to
local jurisdictions.
92
7. OFFICE PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT
Office properties and equipment are summarized by major classifications as follows:
September 30,
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Land
$
1,437
$
1,437
Buildings and improvements
7,449
7,449
Furniture and equipment
4,202
4,046
Total
13,088
12,932
Accumulated depreciation
(6,238)
(5,803)
Total office properties and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
$
6,850
$
7,129
For the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, depreciation expense amounted to $435,000, $484,000
and $619,000, respectively.
8. DEPOSITS
Deposits consist of the following major classifications:
September 30,
September 30,
2021
2020
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(Dollars in Thousands)
Non-interest-bearing checking accounts
$ 37,409
5.3 % $ 30,002
3.9 %
Interest-bearing checking accounts
87,752
12.3
135,797
17.6
Money market deposit accounts
111,488
15.7
111,105
14.4
Passbook, club and statement savings
229,989
32.3
224,435
29.1
Certificates maturing in six months or less
143,767
20.2
125,165
16.2
Certificates maturing in more than six months
101,110
14.2
144,445
18.8
Total
$ 711,515
100.0 % $ 770,949
100.0 %
The amount of scheduled maturities of certificate accounts was as follows:
September 30, 2021
(Dollars in Thousands)
One year or less
$
182,719
One through two years
33,547
Two through three years
19,700
Three through four years
6,073
Four through five years
2,838
Total
$
244,877
Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more at September 30, 2021 and 2020 totaled $95.3 million and $76.6
million, respectively. Included in certificates of deposit at September 30, 2021 and 2020 are brokered deposits totaling
$91.7 million and $63.4 million, respectively.
93
Interest expense on deposits was comprised of the following:
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Checking and money market deposit accounts
$
3,580
$
2,045
$
899
Passbook, club and statement savings accounts
10
38
124
Certificate accounts
4,687
8,819
12,137
Total
$
8,277
$
10,902
$
13,160
9. ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK – SHORT TERM
The years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 outstanding balances and related information regarding short-term
borrowings from the FHLB of Pittsburgh are summarized follows:
At or For the Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
FHLB advances:
Average balance outstanding
$
9,932
$
66,735
$
31,158
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
25,000
115,000
90,000
Balance outstanding at end of period
—
25,000
90,000
Average interest rate during the period
0.39 %
1.58 %
2.53 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
— %
0.39 %
2.32 %
As of September 30, 2020, the $25.0 million borrowing consisted of one 90-day FHLB advance associated with
an interest rate swap contract.
The Bank maintains borrowing facilities with the FHLB of Pittsburgh, ACBB and the Federal Reserve Bank of
Philadelphia and the terms and interest rates are subject to change on the date of execution of borrowings. Available
borrowings are based on collateral with the facility. The Company maintains unsecured borrowing facilities with ACBB
and PNC for $12.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively. Neither line has been drawn upon to date.
10. ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK – LONG TERM
Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB of Pittsburgh, advances are secured by a blanket collateral
pledge of loans held by the Bank and qualifying fixed-income securities and FHLB stock. The long-term advances
outstanding as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:
Lomg-term FHLB advances:
Maturity range
Weighted average
Stated interest rate range
Description
from
to
interest rate
from
to
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Fixed Rate - Amortizing
1‑Oct‑20
30‑Sep‑21
2.77 %
1.94 %
2.83 %
—
5,179
Fixed Rate - Amortizing
1‑Oct‑21
30‑Sep‑22
2.96 %
1.99 %
3.05 %
2,227
5,523
Fixed Rate - Amortizing
1‑Oct‑22
30‑Sep‑23
2.89 %
1.94 %
3.11 %
3,551
5,265
Total
2.92 %
$
5,778
$
15,967
Fixed Rate - Advances
1‑Oct‑20
30‑Sep‑21
2.37 %
1.42 %
2.92 %
—
17,996
Fixed Rate - Advances
1‑Oct‑21
30‑Sep‑22
2.31 %
1.94 %
3.23 %
63,250
63,293
Fixed Rate - Advances
1‑Oct‑22
30‑Sep‑23
2.52 %
2.00 %
3.22 %
94,999
94,999
Fixed Rate - Advances
1‑Oct‑23
30‑Sep‑24
2.88 %
2.38 %
3.20 %
67,998
67,998
Total
2.57 %
$
226,247
$
244,286
2.58 %
Total
$
232,025
$
260,253
94
Weighted Average
Maturity in Fiscal
Amount
Coupon Rate
(Dollars in Thousands)
2022
$ 65,477
2.33 %
2023
98,550
2.54
2024
67,998
2.88
$ 232,025
2.58
The Bank maintains a blanket collateral pledge agreement using qualifying loans with the FHLB of Pittsburgh
for future borrowing needs. At September 30, 2021, the Bank had the ability to obtain $101.7 million of additional FHLB
advances.
11. INCOME TAXES
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company uses the specific charge-off method
for computing reserves for bad debts. Generally this method allows the Company to deduct an annual addition to the
reserve for bad debts equal to its net charge-offs.
The provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 consists of the
following:
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Current:
Federal expense
$
564
$
1,952
$
2,133
State expense
28
93
205
Total current taxes
592
2,045
2,338
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
677
(445)
(188)
Total income tax provision
$
1,269
$
1,600
$
2,150
95
Items that gave rise to significant portions of deferred income taxes are as follows:
September 30,
September 30,
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses
$
1,716
$
2,071
Nonaccrual interest
395
561
Accrued vacation
14
16
Capital loss carryforward
4
4
Split dollar life insurance
9
9
Post-retirement benefits
67
72
Realized loss on equity securities
—
3
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps
2,199
3,596
Deferred compensation
767
781
Goodwill
47
58
Lease liability
256
—
Other
79
48
Employee benefit plans
242
187
Total deferred tax assets
5,795
7,406
Valuation allowance
(4)
(4)
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
5,791
7,402
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property
127
137
Right of Use
233
—
Realized gain on equity securities
3
—
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities
1,621
2,813
Purchase accounting adjustments
394
321
Deferred loan fees
392
229
Total deferred tax liabilities
2,770
3,500
Net deferred tax assets
$
3,021
$
3,902
The Company establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when management believes that the
deferred tax assets are not likely to be realized either through a carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals
of existing taxable temporary differences, and, to a lesser extent, future taxable income. The valuation allowance totaled
$4,000 and $4,000 at September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
96
The income tax expense differs from that computed at the statutory federal corporate tax rate as follows:
Year Ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
Percentage
Percentage
Percentage
of Pretax
of Pretax
of Pretax
Amount
Income
Amount
Income
Amount
Income (Loss)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Tax at statutory rate
$ 1,900
21.0 % $ 2,343
21.0 % $ 2,453
21.0 %
Adjustments resulting from:
State tax expense
28
0.3
93
0.8
162
1.3
Tax exempt interest income
(553)
(6.1)
(537)
(4.8)
(313)
(2.7)
Capital gain from sale of securities
—
—
(117)
(1.0)
—
—
Earnings from bank owned life insurance
(130)
(1.4)
(138)
(1.2)
(135)
(1.1)
Employee benefit plans
24
0.2
(27)
(0.3)
(27)
(0.2)
Other
—
—
(17)
(0.2)
10
0.1
Income tax expense
$ 1,269
14.0 % $ 1,600
14.3 % $ 2,150
18.4 %
There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. The Company
recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of income tax expense. The Company’s federal and state
income tax returns for taxable years through September 30, 2017 have been closed for purposes of examination by the
Internal Revenue Service and the Pennsylvania Department of Revenue.
12. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal
banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional
discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the
Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities,
and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s
capital amounts and the Bank’s classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components,
risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain
minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to average assets
(as defined) and risk-weighted assets (as defined), Tier 1 common capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets and total
capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets. Management believes, as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, that the Bank met
all regulatory capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain the minimum Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 common equity,
Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based ratios as set forth in the table below. The Company is not subject to the regulatory
capital ratios imposed by Basel III on bank holding companies because the Company is deemed to be a small bank holding
company.
97
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the following table:
To Be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Required for Capital
Corrective Action
Actual
Adequacy Purposes
Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars in Thousands)
September 30, 2021:
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company
$ 126,281
11.48 %
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
123,840
11.30
$ 43,855
4.0 % $
54,819
5.0 %
Tier 1 Common (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
126,281
16.70
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
123,840
16.37
34,033
4.5
49,159
6.5
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
126,281
16.70
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
123,840
16.37
45,377
6.0
60,503
8.0
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
135,167
17.87
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
132,726
17.55
60,503
8.0
75,629
10.0
September 30, 2020:
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company
$ 125,618
10.34 %
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
123,185
10.51
$ 46,867
4.0 % $
58,584
5.0 %
Tier 1 Common (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
125,618
17.21
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
123,185
16.88
32,841
4.5
47,437
6.5
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
125,618
17.21
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
123,185
16.88
43,788
6.0
58,384
8.0
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company
134,389
18.41
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bank
131,956
18.08
58,384
8.0
72,980
10.0
13. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Bank is a member of a multi-employer (under the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) defined benefit pension plan covering all employees meeting certain
eligibility requirements. The Bank’s policy is to fund pension costs accrued. The expense relating to this plan for the years
ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $780,000, $743,000 and $632,000, respectively. There are no collective
bargaining agreements in place that require contributions to the plan. Additional information regarding the plan as of
September 30, 2021 is noted below:
Pentegra Defined
Benefit Plan for
Legal Name of Plan
Financial Institutions
Plan Employer Identification Number
13-5645888
The Company's Contribution for the year ended September 30, 2021
$
780,000
Are Company's Contributions more than 5% of total contributions?
No
Funded Status
96.49 %
The Pentegra Defined Benefits Plan for Financial Institutions is a single plan under Internal Revenue Code
Section 413(c) and, as a result, all of the assets of the Plan stand behind all of the liabilities of the Plan. Accordingly, under
98
the Plan, contributions made by a participating employer may be used to provide benefits to participants of other
participating employers. In November 2017, participation in the plan by Bank employees was frozen in an effort to reduce
expenses on a going forward basis.
The Bank also has a defined contribution plan for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. The defined
contribution plan may be terminated at any time at the discretion of the Bank. There were expenses relating to this plan
for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 of $254,000, $231,000 and $126,000, respectively.
The Company maintains the 2008 Recognition and Retention Plan (“2008 RRP”) which is administered by a
committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The RRP provides for the grant of shares of common stock of the
Company to officers, employees and directors of the Company. Grants can no longer be made pursuant to the 2008 RRP
even if previously awarded grants are forfeited. During February 2015, shareholders approved the 2014 Stock Incentive
Plan (the “2014 SIP”). As part of the 2014 SIP, a maximum of 285,655 shares of common stock can be awarded as
restricted stock awards or units, of which 233,500 shares were awarded during February 2015. In March 2019, the
Company granted 8,209 shares under the 2008 RRP and 18,291 shares under the 2014 SIP. There were no shares awarded
during 2020 and 2021. Shares subject to awards under either plan generally vest at the rate of 20% per year over five years.
A summary of the Company’s non-vested stock award activity for the year ended September 30, 2021 is presented
in the following table:
Year Ended
September 30, 2021
Number of
Weighted Average
Shares
Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested stock awards at October 1, 2020
23,056
$
17.78
Granted
—
—
Forfeited
—
—
Vested
(11,085)
17.30
Non-vested stock awards at September 30, 2021
11,971
$
18.24
The Company maintains the 2008 Stock Option Plan (the “Option Plan”) which authorizes the grant of stock
options to officers, employees and directors of the Company to acquire shares of common stock with an exercise price at
least equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. Options generally become vested and exercisable
at the rate of 20% per year over five years and are generally exercisable for a period of ten years after the grant date. A
total of 533,808 (on a converted basis) shares of common stock were approved for future issuance pursuant to the Option
Plan. As of September 30, 2019, all of the options had been awarded under the Option Plan and no grants can be made in
the future by the Option Plan even if previously awarded grants are forfeited. The 2014 SIP reserved up to 714,145 shares
for issuance pursuant to options. In July 2019, the Company granted 39,702 shares under the 2014 SIP. In September 2020,
the Company granted 12,500 shares under the 2014 SIP. In June 2021, the Company granted 4,500 shares under the 2014
SIP.
99
A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options under the Option Plan and the 2014 SIP as of
September 30, 2021 and changes during the year ended September 30, 2021 are presented below:
Year Ended
September 30, 2021
Number of
Weighted Average
Shares
Exercise Price
Options outstanding at October 1, 2020
571,258
$
14.58
Granted
4,500
13.86
Exercised
(15,000)
12.23
Forfeited
(39,500)
18.42
Outstanding at September 30, 2021
521,258
$
14.23
Exercisable at September 30, 2021
418,471
$
13.74
The weighted average remaining contractual term of the outstanding options was approximately 5.1 years for
options outstanding as of September 30, 2021.
The estimated fair value of options granted during fiscal 2019 was $3.38 per share, $2.31 for options granted in
fiscal 2020 and $3.91 for options granted in fiscal 2021. The fair value for grants made in fiscal 2019 was estimated on
the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: an exercise and fair value of
$18.16, term of seven years, volatility rate of 17.76%, interest rate of 1.87% and a yield rate of 1.10%. The fair value for
grants made in fiscal 2020 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following
assumptions: an exercise and fair value of $10.00, term of seven years, volatility rate of 33.22%, interest rate of 0.41%
and a yield rate of 2.80%. The fair value for grants made in fiscal 2021 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: an exercise and fair value of $13.86, term of seven years, volatility
rate of 34.46%, interest rate of 1.19% and a yield rate of 2.02%.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, $169,000 was recognized in aggregate compensation expense for the
Option Plan and the 2014 SIP. During the year ended September 30, 2020, $353,000 was recognized in aggregate
compensation expense for the Option Plan and the 2014 SIP. During the year ended September 30, 2019, $573,000 was
recognized in aggregate compensation expense for the Option Plan and the 2014 SIP. At September 30, 2021,
approximately $271,000 of additional compensation expense for awarded options remained unrecognized. The weighted
average period over which this expense will be recognized is approximately 2.0 years.
14. INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS
The Company uses interest rate swaps and caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate
swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the payment of either fixed or variable-rate amounts in exchange for the
receipt of variable or fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty, respectively. The Company uses interest rate swaps to
manage its exposure to changes in fair value. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of
variable-rate payments from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the
agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.
The Company has contracted with a third party to participate in interest rate swap contracts. There are thirteen
additional cash flow hedges tied to wholesale funding at September 30, 2021. These interest rate swaps involve the receipt
of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments. During the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2021, $5,000 of income was recognized as ineffectiveness through earnings, while $4,000 of
expense was recognized as ineffectiveness through earnings during fiscal 2020. $12,000 of income was recognized as
ineffectiveness through earnings during fiscal 2019. There were nine interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges
involving the receipt of variable-rate payments from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate
payments over the life of the agreements that were applicable to four loans and seven investment securities as of September
30, 2021 and there were nine interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involving the receipt of variable-rate
payments from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements
100
that were applicable to three loans and seven investment securities three loans and seven investments at September 30,
2020. The fair value of the swaps is recorded in the other liabilities section of the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Condition.
Below is a summary of the interest rate swap agreements and the terms as of September 30, 2021 and 2020.
2021
Hedged
Notional
Pay Rate
Receive
Maturity Date
Unrealized
Item
Amount from
to
Rate
from
to
Loss
(Dollars in thousands)
State and political subdivisions
$ 21,570
3.06 %
3.07 %
3 Mth Libor
1-Feb-27
1-May-28 $
(2,365)
Commercial loans
23,656
4.10 %
5.74 % 1 Mth Libor +225 to 276 bp
13-Jun-25
1-Aug-26
—
30 day wholesale funding
90,000
1.36 %
2.70 %
1 Mth Libor
15-Feb-24
12-Jun-26
(3,495)
90 day wholesale funding
135,000
2.51 %
2.78 %
3 Mth Libor
11-Jan-24
27-Mar-24
(6,974)
$
(12,834)
2020
Hedged
Notional
Pay Rate
Receive
Maturity Date
Unrealized
Item
Amount from
to
Rate
from
to
Loss
(Dollars in thousands)
State and political subdivisions
$ 21,570
3.06 % 3.07 %
3 Mth Libor
1-Feb-27
1-May-28
$
(3,834)
Commercial loans
23,656
4.10 % 5.74 % 1 Mth Libor +225 to 276 bp
13-Jun-25
1-Aug-26
—
30 day wholesale funding
90,000
1.36 % 2.70 %
1 Mth Libor
15-Feb-24
12-Jun-26
(6,157)
90 day wholesale funding
135,000
2.51 % 2.78 %
3 Mth Libor
11-Jan-24
27-Mar-24
(10,969)
$
(20,960)
15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
At September 30, 2021, the Company had $34.9 million in outstanding commitments to originate fixed and
variable-rate loans with market interest rates ranging from 2.99% to 5.00%. At September 30, 2020, the Company had
$29.9 million in outstanding commitments to originate fixed and variable-rate loans with market interest rates ranging
from 3.25% to 4.75%. The aggregate undisbursed portion of loans-in-process amounted to $80.6 million and $86.9 million,
respectively, at September 30, 2021 and 2020.
The Company also had commitments under unused lines of credit of $68.1 million as of September 30, 2021 and
$40.1 million as of September 30, 2020 and letters of credit outstanding of $1.2 million as of September 30, 2021 and $1.1
million as of September 30, 2020.
The Company is subject to various pending claims and contingent liabilities arising in the normal course of
business which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management considers that the
aggregate liability, if any, resulting from such matters will not be material.
Among the Company’s contingent liabilities are exposures to limited recourse arrangements with respect to the
Company’s sales of whole loans and participation interests. At September 30, 2021, the exposure, which represents a
portion of credit risk associated with the sold interests, amounted to $600,000. This exposure is for the life of the related
loans and payables, on the Company’s proportionate share, as actual losses are incurred.
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. Management
of the Company, based on discussions with litigation counsel, does not believe that such proceedings will have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the Company. However, there can be no assurance that any of
the outstanding legal proceedings to which the Company is party will not be decided adversely to the Company’s interest
and have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
101
16. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of
September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly
affect the fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial
statements since that date and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented
herein.
Generally accepted accounting principles used in the United States establish a fair value hierarchy which requires
an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair
value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.
The three broad levels of hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data
for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair
value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using
pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the
determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
Those assets as of September 30, 2021 which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
Category Used for Fair Value Measurement
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Government and agency obligations
$
—
$
3,194
$
—
$
3,194
State and political subdivisions
—
72,259
—
72,259
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. Government agencies
—
135,353
—
135,353
Corporate bonds
—
95,141
—
95,141
Equity security - FHLMC preferred stock
22
—
—
22
Total
$
22
$ 305,947
$
—
$ 305,969
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
$
—
$
12,834
$
—
$
12,834
Total
$
—
$
12,834
$
—
$
12,834
102
Those assets as of September 30, 2020 which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
Category Used for Fair Value Measurement
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Government and agency obligations
$
—
$
22,394
$
—
$
22,394
State and political subdivisions
—
79,621
—
79,621
Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. Government agencies
—
236,566
—
236,566
Corporate bonds
—
81,783
—
81,783
Equity security - FHLMC preferred stock
51
—
—
51
Total
$
51
$ 420,364
$
—
$ 420,415
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
$
—
$
20,960
$
—
$
20,960
Total
$
—
$
20,960
$
—
$
20,960
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair
value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is
evidence of impairment). The Company measures impaired loans and real estate owned at fair value on a non-recurring
basis.
Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities
The fair value of investment and mortgage-backed securities is based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes, and
prices obtained from independent pricing services.
Collateral dependent impaired loans are based on the fair value of the collateral which is based on appraisals and
would be categorized as Level 2 measurement. In some cases, adjustments are made to the appraised values for various
factors including the age of the appraisal, age of the comparable included in the appraisal, and known changes in the
market and in the collateral. These adjustments are based upon unobservable inputs, and therefore, the fair value
measurement of these assets has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement. These loans are reviewed for impairment
and written down to their net realizable value by charges against the allowance for loan losses. The collateral underlying
these loans had a fair value of $8.4 million and $13.0 million at September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Real Estate Owned
Once an asset is determined to be uncollectible, the underlying collateral is generally repossessed and reclassified
to foreclosed real estate and repossessed assets. These repossessed assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value of
the collateral, based on independent appraisals, less cost to sell and would be categorized as Level 3 measurement. In some
cases, adjustments are made to the appraised values for various factors including the age of the appraisal, the age of the
comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral. Thus the evaluations are
based upon unobservable inputs, and therefore, the fair value measurement of these assets has been categorized as a Level
3 measurement.
Summary of Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
At September 30, 2021
(Dollars in Thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Other real estate owned
$
—
$
—
$
4,109
$
4,109
Total
$
—
$
—
$
4,109
$
4,109
103
The following table provides information describing the valuation process used to determine nonrecurring fair
value measurements categorized within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:
At September 30, 2021
(Dollars in Thousands)
Valuation
Range/
Fair Value
Technique
Unobservable Input
Weighted Ave.
Other real estate owned
$
4,109
Property appraisals (1) (3)
Management discount for selling
costs, property type and market
volatility (2)
2% discount
(1) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally
includes various level 3 inputs, which are not identifiable.
(2) Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated
liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are
presented as a percent of the appraisal.
(3) Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.
The fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the Company using available market information
and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is necessarily required to interpret market data
to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the
amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial
instruments that are not required to be measured or reported at fair value were as follows at September 30, 2021 and
September 30, 2020.
Fair Value Measurements at
Carrying
Fair
September 30, 2021
Amount
Value
(Level 1) (Level 2)
(Level 3)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
Investment and mortgage-backed securities held to
maturity
$ 20,074
$ 21,161
$
—
$ 21,161
$
—
Loans receivable, net
618,206
620,017
—
—
620,017
Liabilities:
Certificates of deposit
244,877
252,510
—
—
252,510
Advances from FHLB -long-term
232,025
239,301
—
—
239,301
Fair Value Measurements at
Carrying
Fair
September 30, 2020
Amount
Value
(Level 1) (Level 2)
(Level 3)
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
Investment and mortgage-backed securities held to
maturity
$ 22,860
$ 24,330
$
—
$ 24,330
$
—
Loans receivable, net
588,300
593,768
—
—
593,768
Liabilities:
Certificates of deposit
269,610
278,224
—
—
278,224
Advances from FHLB -long-term
260,253
274,172
—
—
274,172
104
17. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets are related to the acquisition of Polonia Bancorp completed as of
January 1, 2017.
Balance
Balance
October 1,
Additions/
September 30,
Amortization
2020
Adjustments Amortization
2021
Period
(Dollars in Thousands)
Goodwill
$
6,102
$
—
$
—
$
6,102
Core deposit intangible
340
—
(94)
246
10 years
$
6,442
$
—
$
(94)
$
6,348
As of September 30, 2021, the future fiscal periods amortization expense for the core deposit intangible is:
(Dollars In Thousands)
2022
$
78
2023
64
2024
49
2025
34
2026
18
Thereafter
3
$
246
18. LEASES
Operating leases in which the Company is the lessee are recorded as operating lease Right of Use ("ROU") assets
and operating lease liabilities, included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements
of Financial Condition. The Company does not currently have any finance leases. Operating lease ROU assets represent
the right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make
lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and operating lease liabilities were recognized as of the date of adoption
of ASU 2017-02 based on the present value of the remaining lease payments using a discount rate that represented the then
Company's incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application.
Operating lease expense, which is comprised of amortization of the ROU assets and the implicit interest accreted
on the operating lease liability, is recognized on a straight line basis over the remaining lease term of the operating lease,
and is recorded in office occupancy expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The leases relate to Bank
branches with remaining lease terms of generally five to nine years.
Lease expense was $239,000, $236,000 and $304,000 for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. The Company has executed certain lease commitments and is, as a result, obligated to pay the following
amounts: $246,000 for fiscal year 2022, $249,000 for fiscal year 2023, $252,000 for fiscal year 2024, $266,000 for fiscal
2025, $169,000 for fiscal 2026 and $309,000 thereafter
As of September 30, 2021, operating lease ROU assets were $1.1 million and operating lease liabilities were $1.2
million.
The following table summarizes other information related to our operating leases:
September 30, 2021
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases in years
6.25
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases
2.0 %
105
The following table presents aggregate lease maturities and obligations as of September 30, 2021:
(Dollars in Thousands)
2022
$
213
2023
216
2024
220
2025
231
2026
126
2027 and thereafter
291
Total lease payments
1,297
Less: interest
77
Present value of lease liabilities
$
1,220
19. PRUDENTIAL BANCORP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
September 30,
2021
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
Cash
$
854
$
955
Investment in Bank
128,014
126,684
Other assets
1,588
1,478
Total assets
$
130,456
$
129,117
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock
$
—
$
—
Common stock
108
108
Additional paid-in-capital
118,424
118,270
Treasury stock
(44,351)
(39,207)
Retained earnings
58,450
52,889
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(2,175)
(2,943)
Total stockholders' equity
$
130,456
$
129,117
106
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the year ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Equity in the earnings of the Bank
$
8,221
$
9,959
$
9,954
Total income
8,221
9,959
9,954
Professional services
180
168
168
Other expense
378
344
369
Total expense
558
512
537
Income before income taxes
7,663
9,447
9,417
Income tax benefit
(117)
(108)
(113)
Net income
$
7,780
$
9,555
$
9,530
CASH FLOWS
For the year ended September 30,
2021
2020
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income
$
7,780
$
9,555
$
9,530
Other, net
(50)
52
(115)
Equity in the undistributed earnings of the Bank
(8,221)
(9,959)
(9,954)
Net cash used in operating activities
(491)
(352)
(539)
Financing activities:
Purchase of treasury stock
(5,391)
(10,481)
(3,108)
Cash dividends paid
(2,219)
(6,216)
(5,784)
Dividends from the Bank
8,000
17,000
5,000
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
390
303
(3,892)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(101)
(49)
(4,431)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
955
1,004
5,435
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
854
$
955
$
1,004
107
20. CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
Unaudited quarterly financial data for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is as follows:
September 30, 2021
September 30, 2020
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Interest income
$ 9,689
$ 9,464
$ 9,339
$ 9,544
$ 11,827
$ 11,010
$ 9,791
$ 9,599
Interest expense
4,006
3,740
3,566
3,486
5,484
5,222
4,486
4,233
Net interest income
5,683
5,724
5,773
6,058
6,343
5,788
5,305
5,366
Provision for loan losses
—
—
—
200
125
500
750
1,650
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses
5,683
5,724
5,773
5,858
6,218
5,288
4,555
3,716
Non-interest income
537
575
1,395
1,132
832
2,668
3,762
841
Non-interest expense
4,097
4,350
4,543
4,638
4,021
4,460
3,996
4,248
Income before income tax
expense (benefit)
2,123
1,949
2,625
2,352
3,029
3,496
4,321
309
Income tax expense (benefit)
286
235
387
361
566
572
701
(239)
Net income
$ 1,837
$ 1,714
$ 2,238
$ 1,991
$ 2,463
$ 2,924
$ 3,620
$
548
Per share:
Earnings per share - basic
$ 0.23
$ 0.22
$ 0.28
$ 0.25
$
0.28
$
0.33
$ 0.44
$
0.07
Earnings per share - diluted
$ 0.23
$ 0.22
$ 0.28
$ 0.25
$
0.28
$
0.32
$ 0.44
$
0.07
Dividends per share
$ 0.07
$ 0.07
$ 0.07
$ 0.07
$
0.07
$
0.50
$ 0.07
$
0.07
September 30, 2019
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
Qtr
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Interest income
$
10,002
$
11,134
$
11,273
$
11,631
Interest expense
3,986
4,811
5,058
5,434
Net interest income
6,016
6,323
6,215
6,197
Provision for loan losses
—
—
—
100
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
6,016
6,323
6,215
6,097
Non-interest income
380
542
1,187
985
Non-interest expense
4,033
4,146
4,190
3,696
Income before income tax expense
2,363
2,719
3,212
3,386
Income tax expense
389
380
582
799
Net income
$
1,974
$
2,339
$
2,630
$
2,587
Per share:
Earnings per share - basic
$
0.22
$
0.27
$
0.30
$
0.30
Earnings per share - diluted
$
0.22
$
0.26
$
0.29
$
0.29
Dividends per share
$
0.05
$
0.05
$
0.50
$
0.05
Due to rounding, the sum of the earnings per share in individual quarters may differ from reported amounts.
108
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not Applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Management evaluated, with the participation of the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of September 30, 2021. Based on such
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and
procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in
the SEC's rules and regulations and are operating in an effective manner.
Management's Report of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management is responsible for
designing, implementing, documenting, and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting,
as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. An adequate system of internal control over financial
reporting encompasses the processes and procedures that have been established by management to:
maintain records that accurately reflect the Company’s transactions;
prepare financial statement and footnote disclosures in accordance with U.S. GAAP that can be relied upon
by external users; and
prevent and detect unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial
reporting based on the criteria in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation under the criteria in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework, management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September
30, 2021. Furthermore, during the conduct of its assessment, management identified no material weakness in its financial
reporting control system.
The Board of Directors of Prudential Bancorp, through its Audit Committee, provides oversight to management’s
conduct of the financial reporting process. The Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors, is
also responsible for the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also
meets with management, the internal audit staff, and the independent registered public accounting firm throughout the year
to provide assurance as to the adequacy of the financial reporting process and to monitor the overall scope of the work
performed by the internal audit staff and the independent public accountants.
Because of its inherent limitations, the disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect
misstatements. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been
detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
/s/Dennis Pollack
/s/Jack E. Rothkopf
Dennis Pollack
Jack E. Rothkopf
President and Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
109
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. No change in the internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control
over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
Not applicable.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
110
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned "Information with
Respect to Nominees for Director, Continuing Directors and Executive Officers" and "Beneficial Ownership of Common
Stock by Certain Beneficial Owners and Management – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in
the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders currently expected to be held in
February 2022, is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of September 30,
2021 ("Definitive Proxy Statement").
The Company has adopted a code of ethics policy, which applies to its principal executive officer, principal
financial officer, principal accounting officer, as well as its directors and employees generally. The Company will provide
a copy of its code of ethics to any person, free of charge, upon request. Any requests for a copy should be made to the
shareholder relations administrator, Prudential Bancorp, Inc., 1834 West Oregon Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
19145. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics is available at the Company’s website at www.prudentialbanker.com
under the Investor Relations menu.
There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the
Company’s Board of Directors.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned "Management
Compensation", “Information with Respect to Nominees for Director, Continuing Directors and Executive Officers –
Director’s Compensation” and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" in the Company’s
Definitive Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management. Information regarding security ownership
of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Definitive Proxy Statement.
111
Equity Compensation Plan Information. The following table provides information as of September 30, 2021 with
respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under the existing equity compensation plans, which consist of the
2008 Stock Option Plan, the 2008 Recognition and Retention Plan and the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, all of which were
approved by the Company’s shareholders. The share amounts set forth below with respect to the 2008 Stock Option Plan
and the 2008 Recognition and Retention Plan have been adjusted for the exchange of shares in connection with the second-
step conversion completed on October 9, 2013, at an exchange ratio of 0.9442 of a share of Company common stock for
each share of Old Prudential Bancorp common stock held by other than Prudential Mutual Holding Company. Grants may
no longer be made pursuant to the 2008 Stock Option Plan and the 2008 Recognition and Retention Plan.
Number of
securities remaining
Number of
available for
securities to be
Weighted-
future issuance
issued upon
average
under equity
exercise of
exercise price of
compensation
outstanding
outstanding
plans (excluding
options,
options,
securities
warrants
warrants and
reflected in
and rights
rights
column (a))
Plan Category
(a)
(b)
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
533,229 (1)$
14.32
(1)
515,827
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
—
—
—
Total
533,229
$
14.32
515,827
(1) Includes 23,056 shares subject to restricted stock grants which were not vested as of September 30, 2021. The
weighted average exercise price excludes such restricted stock grants.
(2) Grants can only be made pursuant to the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.
The Company is not aware of any arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the
operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned "Management
Compensation – Related Party Transactions" and “Information with Respect to Nominees for Director, Continuing
Directors and Executive Officers” in the Definitive Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the section captioned "Ratification of
Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Proposal Three) – Audit Fees" in the Definitive Proxy
Statement.
112
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
Documents Filed as Part of this Report.
(1)
The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2)
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are omitted because
of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the
consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
(3)
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.
Exhibit No. Description
3.1
Articles of Incorporation of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. (1)
3.2
Bylaws of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. (2)
4.0
Form of Stock Certificate of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. (1)
4.1
Description of the Registrant’s securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (3)
10.1
Amended and Restated Post Retirement Agreement between Prudential Savings Bank and Joseph W.
Packer, Jr. (4)*
10.2
Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Collateral Assignment with Joseph W. Packer, Jr. and Diane B.
Packer(4)*
10.3
Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Collateral Assignment with Joseph W. Packer, Jr. (4)*
10.4
Amendment No. 1 to Split-Dollar Agreement between the Bank and Joseph W. Packer, Jr. (4)*
10.5
Settlement Agreement, dated November 7, 2008, by and among Prudential Mutual Holding Company,
Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, Prudential Savings Bank, Stilwell Value Partners, I, L.P.,
Stilwell Partners L.P., Stilwell Value LLC, Joseph Stilwell and John Stilwell (5)
10.6
Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania 2008 Stock Option Plan (6)*
10.7
Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania 2008 Recognition and Retention Plan and Trust Agreement (6)*
10.8
Amendment No.2 to Split-Dollar Agreement between the Bank and Joseph W. Packer, Jr.*(7)
10.9
Endorsement Split Dollar Insurance Agreement dated June 1, 2017 between Jack Rothkopf and Prudential
Savings Bank (8)*
10.10
2014 Stock Incentive Plan(9)*
10.11
Severance Agreement between Prudential Savings Bank and Jack E. Rothkopf (10)*
10.12
Separation Agreement between Prudential Bancorp, Inc., Prudential Savings Bank and Joseph R. Corrato
(11)*
10.13
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Prudential Bancorp, Inc., Prudential Savings
Bank and Dennis Pollack (12)*
10.14
Retirement agreement between Prudential Bancorp, Inc., Prudential Savings Bank and Thomas A. Vento
(13)*
10.15
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Prudential Bancorp,
Inc., Prudential Bank and Dennis Pollack (14)*
10.16
Employment Agreement between Prudential Bancorp, Inc., Prudential Savings Bank and Anthony V.
Migliorino (12)*
113
Exhibit No. Description
10.17
Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between Prudential Bancorp, Inc., Prudential Bank and
Anthony V. Migliorino (14)*
10.18
Split Dollar Endorsement Agreement dated June 1, 2017 between Dennis Pollack and Prudential Bank
(8)*
10.19
Split Dollar Endorsement Agreement dated June 1, 2017 between Anthony V. Migliorino and Prudential
Bank (8)*
10.20
Amendment No. 2 to the Employment Agreement between Prudential Bancorp, Inc., Prudential Bank and
Anthony V. Migliorino (15)*
10.21
Severance Agreement between Prudential Savings Bank and Matthew Graham (16)*
10.22
Split Dollar Endorsement Agreement dated May 1, 2019 between Matthew Graham and Prudential Bank
* (filed herewith)
23.1
Consent of S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. is filed herewith.
31.1
Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
31.2
Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer
32.0
Section 906 Certification
101
The following financial statements from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
September 30, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition,
(ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income,
(iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows, and (vi) Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and
including detailed tags.
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report
on Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b) hereof.
(1) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (SEC File No. 333-189321) filed
with the SEC on June 14, 2013.
(2) Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. for the
quarter ended March 31, 2020 filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020 (SEC File No. 000-51214).
(3) Incoporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2020
filed with the SEC on December 18, 2020 (SEC File No. 006-55084).
(4) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K, of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania dated
November 19, 2008 and filed with the SEC on November 25, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-51214).
(5) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, dated
November 7, 2008 and filed with the SEC on November 7, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-51214).
(6) Incorporated by reference from Appendices A (2008 Stock Option Plan) and B (2008 Recognition and Retention Plan
and Trust Agreement”) of the definitive proxy statement of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania (SEC File No.
000-51214) filed with the SEC on November 26, 2008.
(7) Incorporated by reference from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania for the
year ended September 30, 2012 filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012 (SEC File No. 000-51214)
114
(8) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania dated
June 1, 2017 and filed with the SEC on June 1, 2017 (SEC File No. 000-51214).
(9) Incorporated by reference from Appendix A of the definitive proxy statement of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. filed with
the SEC on December 30, 2014 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(10) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. dated December 28, 2015
and filed with the SEC on December 28, 2015 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(11) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. dated May 3, 2017 and
filed with the SEC on May 3, 2016 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(12) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. dated December 19, 2017
and filed with the SEC on December 22, 2016 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(13) Incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. for the quarter ended
December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC on February 9, 2016 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(14) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. dated November 17, 2018
and filed with the SEC on November 22, 2017 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(15) Incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K of Prudential Bancorp, Inc. dated August 15, 2019
and filed with the SEC on August 15, 2018 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(16) Incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 filed with the
SEC on August 16, 2021 (SEC File No. 000-55084).
(b)
Exhibits
The exhibits listed under (a)(3) of this Item 15 are filed herewith.
(c)
Reference is made to (a)(2) of this Item 15.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None
115
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.
December 17, 2021
By: /S/ Dennis Pollack
Dennis Pollack
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Bruce E. Miller
December 17, 2021
Bruce E. Miller
Chairman of the Board
/s/ A. J. Fanelli
December 17, 2021
A. J. Fanelli
Director
/s/ John C. Hosier
December 17, 2021
John C. Hosier
Director
/s/ Raymond J. Vanaria
December 17, 2021
Raymond J. Vanaria
Director
/s/ Dennis Pollack
December 17, 2021
Dennis Pollack
Director, President and Chief Executive President
/s/ Jack E. Rothkopf
December 17, 2021
Jack E. Rothkopf
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
Chief Accounting Officer